n 


GIFT  or 


• 


JToW 


WORD  BOOK 


OF 


ENGLISH    SPELLING 


BY 


WILLIAM   SWINTON,  A.  M., 

AUTHOR  OF    "WORD  ANALYSIS,"   "WORD  PRIMER,"    "LANGUAGE  SERIES," 
"  CONDENSED   HISTORY   OF  THE   UNITED  STATES,"  ET& 


REVISED    EDITION. 


NEW  YORK  •:•  CINCINNATI  •:•  CHICAGO 

AMERICAN     BOOK     COMPANY, 


«    '  t 

t 


•     « 


-  ■   ■  •        *   '    '      f  « 

•  '  f        *  t 


COPYBIGHT,   1872. 

By   WILLIAM    BWINTOS. 
Copyright,  1900,  by  R.  W.  E.  Swinton. 

Copyright,  1904,  by  Jean  Swiuton. 

E-  P      4 


Oy  ia 


PKEFACE. 


-~>>*i< 


One  of  the  most  difficult  tasks  of  school  life  is  to  learn 
to  spell  common  English  words  correctly.  Hence  correct 
spelling  is  regarded  as  a  sign  of  culture,  and  bad  spelling 
indicates  the  lack  of  it. 

Orthography  can  not  be  taught  in  twelve  easy  lessons  to 
be  mastered  in  a  week,  nor  can  it  be  gained  from  reading- 
lessons  or  from  the  text-books  on  grammar  and  arithmetic. 
There  is  need  for  a  special  book  constructed  with  special 
reference  to  the  mastery  of  the  words  in  common  use  and 
with  distinct  regard  to  their  meaning  and  use.  Many 
of  the  errors  in  spelling  arise  either  from  the  failure 
of  the  writer  to  discern  clearly  the  customary  usage  of 
letters  to  represent  sounds,  or  from  the  failure  to  discrim- 
inate between  two  words  similar  in  sound  but  distinguished 
by  their  spelling. 

This  book  has  been  in  publication  many  years,  and  has 
secured  its  place  in  the  schools  as  a  most  useful  text-book 
for  teaching  spelling.  The  revision  made  in  the  new  plates 
is  not  structural.  Care  has  been  taken  to  correct  a  few 
errors  which  had  long  escaped  attention  because  of  their 
insignificance.  A  few  obsolescent  words  have  been  dropped. 

Lists  of  words  written  from  dictation  should  not  be 
punctuated.  The  use  of  the  capital  letter  for  proper 
nouns  should  be  insisted  upon. 


VI  PREFACE. 

The  Word  Book  was  written  with  the  hope  of  arousing 
interest  in  the  pupils  and  of  securing  the  correct  spelling 
of  common  English  words  by  such  selection,  arrangement, 
and  contrasts  as  would  impress  upon  the  memory  not  only 
the  exact  form  of  the  word  but  the  meaning  that  accom- 
panies the  form.  It  has  also  been  found  that  such  an 
intelligent  study  of  word-forms  leads  to  a  keener  percep- 
tion of  the  shades  of  meaning  that  may  be  obtained  by 
a  careful  choice  of  words.  The  study  of  the  speller  is 
thus  a  preliminary  step  in  the  acquirement  of  a  wide  and 
powerful  diction. 


1    1 


SWINTON'S  WORD  BOOK. 


>*K< 


SECTION  I. 
FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


FIRST    MONTH. 

1.  Objects  in  a  Schoolroom. 

Written  Exercise, 

Write  the  words  clearly,  arranging  them  in  four  columns. 


desks 

ta'  hie 

black'  hoards 

spong'  es 

chairs 

chalk 

platform 

pen'  cils 

hooks 

stove 

point  ers 

knives 

slates 

teach'  er 

ruh  hers 

rul'  ers 

charts 

hell 

pic  tures 

clock 

maps 

cray'  ons 

schol  ars 

pa*  per 

2.  Names  of  Boys  and  Girls. 

Written  Exercise. 

Names  of  persons  and  of  places  should  always  begin  with  a  capital 
letter. 

AVhert  Hen' ry  AV  ice  Grace 

Charles  Jacob  Be/ tha  Eel' en 

Da' vid  John  Clar' a  V da 

Ed' ward  Lew' is  Do  ra  Jane 

Frank  Mo' ses  El' len  Kate 

George  Pe'  ter  Flor'  ence  Lu'  cy 


2 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


3.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  long  sound  of  a,  as  mfate,  marked  a. 


grape 

ma7  tron 

wa'  ger 

an'  gel 

sav'  ior 

bathe 

pa  tron 

sa  tan 

man  ger 

sales  man 

gate 

pas  try 

ra  ven 

stran  ger 

trades  man 

paste 

a  corn 

la  tent 

na  val 

grave  yard 

scrape 

va  por 

na  ture 

na  tion 

na  sal 

4.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  other  letters  have  the  sound  of  long  a. 

brain  dai'  ly  rail7  road 

snail  dain  ty  sail  or 

skein  rai  ment  hei  nous 

chain  dai  sy  jail  er 

whey  wait  er  rein  deer 


Names  of  Common  Animals. 

Written  Exercise. 


cray  on 
may  or 
day  time 
rai  sin 
pay  ment 


hors'  eg 

po'  nies 

mas'  tiffs 

squir'  rels 

calves 

pup  pies 

spar'  rows 

wea  sels 

sheep 

kit'  tens 

span  iels 

don!  keys 

lambs 

heif  ers 

ter'  ri  ers 

mules 

cows 

hounds 

rab'  bits 

cat'  tie 

6.   Parts 

of  a  House. 

Written 

\  Exercise. 

en'  try 

at'  tic 

W  bra  ry 

clos  et 

par  lor 

eel  lar 

pan  try 

cu'  po  la 

kitch  en 

gar  ret 

ve  ran  da 

pi  az  za 

bed  room 

base  ment 

clothes'  press 

bal'  co  ny 

cham  bet 

stair  case 

ban  is  ter 

cup  board 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


3 


hat 

wag 

rap 

have 

slant 


7.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  a  in  add,  marked  a 

bal'  lad  wag'  on 

ac  id  pat  ent 

ad  der  ad  die 

ai  um  cab  in 

an  vil  Ar  ab 


pas  sion 
ac  tion 
tas  sel 
gal  lop 
ham  mock 


8.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Sound  of  a.    Be  careful  to  give  the  short  sound  of  a  in  every  word. 


ac'  cent 

gal'  lant 

flan'  nel 

car'  ry 

ab  sence 

scaf  fold 

las  so 

sal  ad 

hav  oc 

blad  der 

pal  ate 

Ian  tern 

das  tard 

clat  ter 

span  gle 

gath  er 

an  gle 

mar  ry 

an  swer 

rath  er 

9.  "Written  Spelling. 

Household  Names. 

Names  of  S 

mall  Fruits. 

fa'  ther 

hus'  band 

ap pies 

cur'  rants 

moth'  er 

wife 

a!  pri  cots 

straw'  ber  ries 

broth'  er 

uri  cle 

pears 

rasp'  ber  ries 

sis'  ter 

aunt 

peach'  es 

goose  ber  ries 

niece 

cous'  in 

quin  ces 

black'  ber  ries 

10.  "Written  Spelling. 

Names  of  Tools. 

Occupations. 

awl 

hatch'  et 

hat'  ter 

butch'  er 

ax 

ham  mer 

paint!  er 

coop'  er 

knife 

an' get 

brew'  er 

car' pen  ter 

plane 

chis  el 

print'  er 

mil'  li  ner 

shears 

gim'  let 

gar1  den  er 

teach'  er 

SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

11.   Oral   Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  a  in  arm  and  palm,  marked  a. 


far 

far'  thest 

liar'  vest 

la'  va 

11a'  ma 

are 

dar  ling 

liar  ness 

fa  ther 

bra  vo 

harm 

mar  ble 

var  nisli 

pa  pa 

gua  no 

farm 

car  cass 

gar  den 

mam  ma 

gua  va 

cart 

char  coal 

gar  ter 

car'  pet 

Ja  va 

12.   Oral  Spelling. 
Words  having  the  sound  of  a  or  an  =  a. 


palm 

calf 

aunt 

laugh 

laun'  dry 

balm 

half 

daunt 

gaunt 

gaunt  let 

psalm 

bath 

flaunt 

jaunt 

jaun  dice 

salve 

wrath 

launch 

haunt 

saun  ter 

calm 

gape 

taunt 

haunch 

daunt  less 

13.   Parts  of  the  Human  Body. 

Written  Exercise* 


head 

wrists 

fore'  head 

knees 

hair 

throat 

eye  brows 

joints 

ears 

breast 

eye  lids 

veins 

eyes 

thumbs 

Jin  gers 

shoul'  ders 

tongue 

thighs 

an  hies 

stom  ach 

14.  Months  and  their  Abbreviations. 


Jan*  u  a  ry, 
Feb1  ru  a  ry, 
March, 
A'  pril, 
May, 
June, 


Written  Exercise. 

Jan,  Ju  ly',  Jul. 

Feb.  Au'  gust,  Aug. 

Mar.  Sep  tern'  ber,  Sept. 

Apr.  Oc  to'  ber,  Oct. 

May  No  vem'  ber,  Nov. 

June  De  cem'  ber,  Dec. 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


5 


15.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  which  have  the  sound  of  a  in  ask,  marked  a. 

Note.  —  This  is  a  difficult  sound,  and  teachers  should  take  special  pains  to  train  pupils 
to  give  it  correctly. 

last  waft  task  mas' ter 

mask  plas  ter 

glance  pas  ture 

grant  pas  tor 

cask  raft  er 


grass 
ask 
past 
dance 


waft 
pass 
gasp 
pant 
chant 


aft'  er 
bas  ket 
cas  ket 
nas  ty 
pass  word 


16.   Articles  of  Dress. 
Written  Exercise. 


bon1  net 
man  tie 
gal  ter s 
a  pron 
trou  sers 


man  til'  la 
stock'  ings 
pan  ta  loons' 
o'  ver  shoes 
pet'  ti  coat 


tu  nic 
wrap  per 
cor  set 
era  vat! 
jack'  et 


neck'  tie 
col  lar 
slip  per 
draw  ers 
o'  ver  coat 


17.   "Written  Spelling. 

Names  of  persons  are  proper  nouns.     They  should  always  begin,  with  a 
capital  letter. 


Women. 


Men. 


Ag  nes 

Ju  li  a 

Seth 

WaV  ter 

Blanche 

Lau  ra 

Si'  las 

Wil  lis 

Be'  li  a 

Ma  ri'  a 

Alfred 

Mar  tin 

El'la 

Na?i  cy 

Cy  rus 

Ar  thur 

Mo'  ra 

01'  ive 

Rich  ard 

Clar  ence 

18.   Common 

Abbreviations. 

Written 

Exercise. 

an'  swer, 

ans. 

fore'  noon, 

A.  M. 

cents, 

cts.  or  $. 

aft'  er  noon, 

P.M. 

pounds, 

lbs,  or  lb. 

noon, 

M. 

street, 

St. 

Doc'  tor, 

Br. 

num'  her, 

No. 

Mis'  ter, 

Mr. 

6  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

19.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  a  in  all,  marked  a. 


salt 

al'  so 

al'  ways 

al'  der 

malt 

hal  ter 

bal  sam 

fal  ter 

talk 

al  most 

fal  len 

squall  y 

small 

cal  dron 

palsy 

thral  dom 

waltz 

pal  try 

al  ter 

ap  pall' 

20.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  au  =  a. 


haul 

sau'  cer 

cau'  cus 

maul 

sau  cy 

caus  tic 

caul 

pau  per 

cau  tion 

cause 

sau  sage 

au  dit 

caulk 

au  burn 

au  tumn 

au'  thor 
fault  less 
lau  rel 
gaudy 
daub  ing 


21.  Monthly  Oral  Review  Lesson. 

Divide  into  syllables  in  spelling. 


snake 

a' ere 

la' va 

al'  most 

haugh'  ty 

snail 

sa  ber 

car  pet 

wal  nut 

dai  ly 

catch 

ar  id 

gua  no 

al  ter 

may  or 

psalm 

pat  ent 

fore  head 

fal  len 

mas  tiff 

waltz 

rath  er 

pas  ture 

sau  cer 

gayly 

22.  Monthly  Written  Review  Lesson. 


knives 

quiri  ces 

trou'  sers 

Ed'  gar 

span  iel 

an  ger 

schol  ars 

Flor  ence 

squir  rel 

mil'  li  ner 

cor  nice 

Feb'  ru  a  ry 

kitch  en 

fore  head 

cur  rants 

Blanche 

pi  az  za 

an  kles 

hatch  et 

Ma  ri'  a 

FIRST   YEAR'S   WORK. 

SECOND    MONTH. 

23.   Oral  Exercise. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  a  before  r,  as  in  care,  marked  a. 


mare 

share 

pair 

swear 

par'  ent 

ware 

rare 

bear 

their 

prayer 

dare 

pare 

hair 

tear 

stair 

scare 

scarce 

air 

chair 

fair'  y 

bare 

snare 

wear 

glare 

stair  way 

24.   Trees  and  Flowers. 

Written  Exercise, 


beech 

wil'  low 

lil'  y 

li*  lac 

spruce 

al  der 

vi'  o  let 

dai  sy 

hem'  lock 

chest  nut 

pe'  o  ny 

pan  sy 

ma  pie 

lau  rel 

tu  lip 

hoi'  ly  hock 

hick'  o  ry 

syc'  a  more 

poppy 

but'  ter  cup 

25. 

Pronunciation 

and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  a  in  what,  marked  a.     This  sound  is  the  same 

as  5  in  not. 

wad 

• 

wan'  der 

• 

wan'  ton 

• 

quar'  rel 

wand 

wal  let 

wad  die 

quar  ry 

wan 

wab  ble 

wad  ding 

quad  rant 

sqnash 

wal  low 

warn  pum 

squab  ble 

squad 

war  rant 

stal  wart 

squan  der 

26.  Kinds  of  Colors. 

Written, 

Exercise. 

ru'  by 

yeV  low 

li  lac 

ma  won 

dam  ask 

lem  on 

vi'  o  let 

rus'  set 

scar  let 

am  ber 

or'  ange 

sor  rel 

crim  son 

cit  ron 

lav'  en  der 

az  ure 

ver  mil'  ion 

in'  di  go 

salm  on 

em'  er  aid 

8 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


27.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  long  sound  of  e  in  eve,  marked  e. 


< 

3  long. 

ie  =  e  long. 

eve 

peace 

field 

shield 

brief 

ear 

lease 

fiend 

yield 

lief 

sere 

feast 

fierce 

shriek 

niece 

hear 

fear 

pierce 

priest 

.  siege 

mere 

tear 

tierce 

grief 

piece 

had  het 

ba  sin 
bol  ster 
blan  het 
car  pet 


28.  Household  Articles. 

Written  Exercise. 

crick'  et  la!  die 

cur  tain  mir  ror 

gob  let  nap  kin 

grat  er  pi  I  low 

grid  die  pitch  er 


pic?  ture 

sau  cer 
bed  stead 
sauce  pan 
turn  bier 


29.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  long  e. 


i  before  e. 

i 

e 

before 

• 

l. 

a  chieve' 

re  lieve' 

con  ceit' 

de  ceive' 

ag  grieve 

re  lief 

con  ceive 

nei'  ther 

re  prieve 

a  piece 

per  ceive 

ceil  ing 

re  trieve 

a  field 

re  ceive 

seiz  ing 

be  lieve 

chief'  tain 

re  ceipt 

ei  ther 

Cred'  i  tor, 

Debt'  or, 

Mis'  tress, 

Gov'  em  or, 

Hon'  or  a  ble,    Hon. 


30.   Common  Abbreviations. 
Written  Exercise, 

Or.  North, 

Dr.  South, 

Mrs.  East, 

Gov,  West, 


North'  east, 


N. 
8. 
E. 
W. 

N.E. 


FIRST    YEAR'S   WORK. 


9 


well 
bell 

chess 
sense 
swell 


31.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  e  in  end,  marked  e. 


elm 

else 
yes 
knell 


er'  rand 
her  ring 
cher  ub 
ket  tie 
rel  ic 


ges'  ture 
mead  ow 
weath  er 
feath  er 
wheth  er 


ver  y 
pen  ny 
ech  o 
pref  ace 
met  al 


32.  Birds  and  Fishes. 
Written  Exercise, 


rob'  in 

king'  bird 

perch 

pick'  er  el 

spar  row 

night  hawk 

roach 

salm  on 

swal  low 

bob'  o  link 

pout 

mack'  er  el 

plov  er 

chick'  a  dee 

suck'  er 

her'  ring 

cuck  oo 

night'  in  gale 

shin  er 

sar  dine 

33 

,  Pronunciation 

and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  i 

in  which  various  vow 

els  have  the  sound 

of  short  e. 

stead'  y 

deaf 

sweat'  y 

a  gain' 

read  y 

an'y 

deaf  en 

a  gainst 

bur  y 

man  y 

clean  ly 

in  stead 

leath  er 

heif  er 

dead  en 

heath'  er 

meas  ure 

peas  ant 

head  ache 

dread  ful 

34.  Names  of  Men. 

Written 

Exercise, 

De'los 

Hi'  ram 

Pat'  rick 

Paul 

Dan  iel 

Hor  ace 

Mat  thew 

Phil'  ip 

Eb  en 

Hugh 

Na  than 

Ralph 

Ed  win 

I'ra 

01'  i  ver 

Rett'  ben 

Eu  gene 

Lou  is 

Osf  car 

Rob'  eri 

10 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


35.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  e  before  r,  as  in  verge,  marked  e. 

Note.  —  Teachers  should  pronounce  these  words  for  the  pupils,  giving  a  concert  exer- 
cise in  correct  pronunciation. 


fern 

merge 

er'  mine 

cer'  tain 

ver'  diet 

serve 

earth 

err  ing 

serv  ile 

ver  bal 

verb 

nerve 

mer  cy 

ear  nest 

ker  nel 

clerk 

err 

per  son 

ser  mon 

mer  chant 

verse 

earn 

ver  dure 

cler  gy 

serv  ant 

36.   Articles  of  Food. 
Written  Exercise. 


mut'  ton 

chick'  en 

pas'  try 

po  id  toes 

tur  key 

car  rots 

sau  sa  ges 

ba  con 

sal  ad 

dough'  nuts 

cab  bage 

eel'  er  y 

beef  steak 

to  ma!  toes 

pick'  les 

sug  ar 
pud  ding 
pre  serves' 
rai  sins 
al  monds 


37.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

"Words  having  the  long  sound  of  i  in  ice. 


fine 

tripe 

ci'  der 

live'  ly 

high'  land 

pipe 

snipe 

ci  pher 

mi  nor 

di  al 

thrive 

crime 

li  cense 

bi  ped 

di  et 

night 

twine 

fi  nite 

twi  light 

di  vers 

mind 

strife 

tiny 

idol 

Friday 

38.  Names  of  Occupations. 
Written  Exercise. 

The  suffixes  er  and  or  mean  one  who. 


hat'  ter 

sail'  or 

ivrit!  er 

bro'  ker 

mill  er 

gro  cer 

au  thor 

butch  er 

cob  bier 

teach  er 

sol  dier 

paint  er 

coop  er 

law  yer 

ac  tor 

wait  er 

min  er 

preach  er 

bank  er 

print  er 

s. 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


11 


39.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  i  in  the  last  syllable. 


de  vise' 

sub  side' 

ar  rive' 

in  quire' 

re  vise 

sur  prise 

as  pire 

in  spire 

re  side 

de  spise 

re  tire 

ex  pire 

de  sire 

re  sign 

de  fine 

in  vite 

ad  vise 

bap  tize 

in  cline 

per  spire 

40.   A  Lesson  for  Girls. 


AV  i  gail,         or  Ab'  bie 

Car'  o  line,       or  Car  rie 

Cath'  a  rine,     or  Ka  tie 

E  liz'  a  beth,   or  Liz  zie 

Geor  gi  an'  a,  or  Geor  gie 


Is'  a  bel,      or  Belle 

Mar'  ga  ret,  or  Mag'  gie 

Mar'  tha,      or  Mat  tie 

Ma  ry,         or  Mol  lie 

Sa  rah,        or  Sal  lie 


41.  Monthly- 

Oral  Review. 

Divide  into  syllables  in  spelling. 

their 

egg            par'  ent 

re  lieve' 

kef  tie 

scare 

err              prayer 

a  piece 

wheth  er 

squash 

earn            fair'  y 

de  ceive 

li  cense 

siege 

night          square 

re  ceipt 

any 

niece 

swear          quar'  rel 

seiz'  ing 

leath  er 

42.  Monthly  "Written  Review. 

daif  sy 

salm'  on 

li'  lac 

Reu  ben 

chest'  nut 

cuck  oo 

vi'  o  let 

Dan  iel 

jte  o  ny 

au  tumn 

cur'  tain 

Mat  thew 

crim  son 

rai  sins 

her  ring 

Is1  a  del 

grat  er 

pick  les 

eel'  er  y 

Ka'  tie 

12 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


THIRD    MONTH. 

43.   Oral  Exercise. 

"Words  having  the  sound  of  i  before  r.    This  is  like  the  sound  of  e  in  verge. 


shirt 

third 

chirp 

vir'  gin 

dirt'  y 

girth 

shirk 

skirt 

sir  loin 

cir  cle 

flirt 

dirge 

whirl 

stir  rap 

skir  mish 

bird 

first 

mirth 

fir  kin 

firm  ness 

birth 

dirk 

thirst 

squir  rel 

girl  hood 

ed'  i  tor 
re  port'  er 
nov'  el  ist 
mu  si'  cian 
his  to  ri  an 


44.  Names  of  Occupations. 

Written  Exercise. 

print'  er 


nurse 
seam'  stress 
ped'  dler 
phy  si  cian 
plumb'  er 


sad  dler 
sta  tion  er 
mer'  c/iant 
s/iep  herd 


ship'  wright 
wheel  wright 
lock  smith 
jew'  el  er 
sur geon 


itch 

hill 

which 

ditcli 

niche 


45.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  i  in  ill,  market*  l. 


since 

rinse 

wince 

sink 

kink 


frig'  id 
rig  id 
dig  it 
liv  id 
tim  id 


m'y 

vine  yard 
pic  nic 
live  long 
tin  gle 


brit'  tie 
whit  tie 
Eng  land 
En  glish 
I  tal'  ian 


Ben'  ja  min, 
Charles, 
George, 
James, 
Thorn  as, 


46.   A  Lesson  for  Boys. 

Names  and  their  Abbreviations. 

Benj.  Al  ex  an  der,  Alex. 

Chas.  Chris'  to  pher,  Chris. 

Geo.  WW  Ham,  Wm. 

Jas.  Sam  7i  el,  Sam' I. 

Thos  Jon  a  than,  Jona. 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


13 


47.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling, 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  i  in  ill. 

tim'  id  nim'  ble  fer'  ule 

fid  die  kin  die  vil  lain 

piv  ot  witch  es  let  tuce 

crit  ic  rich  es  mar  riage 

miin  ic  sin  gle  moun  tain 


bis'  cuit 

bus  y 
min  ute 
guin  ea 
worn  en 


48.  Written  Spelling. 

Write,  and  divide  the  words  into  syllables,  marking  the  accented  syllables. 
Short  sound  of  i. 


trib'  une 

en  gine 

ad  live 

tit'  bit 

vis  or 

frag  He 

due  tile 

viv  id 

pitch  er 

lios  tile 

res  pite 

lat  tice 

willful 

tor  toise 

mis  sile 

ag  He 

jas  mine 

rep  tile 

na  tive 

er  mine 

49.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  i.     Avoid  giving  the  long  sound  of  i  in 


the  first  syllable. 

di  rect' 

di  vide7 

af  flict' 

maF  ice 

ci  gar 

di  vine 

a  midst 

nov  ice 

di  gest 

di  vorce 

ac  quit 

of  fice 

di  late 

fi  nance 

in  still 

prac  tice 

di  vest 

ti  rade 

sub  sist 

crev  ice 

Ed  i  tor, 
Dol'  lars, 
Juri  ior, 
Cap'  tain, 
Post  Office, 


50.  Common  Abbreviations. 
Written  Exercise. 

Ed.  Gen  er  al,  Gen. 

JDols.  In  ter  est,  Int. 

Jr.  A  mount',  Amt. 

Capt.  Ac  count',  Acct. 

P.  0.  Ex  am  pie,  Ex. 


14  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

51.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  o  in  old,  marked  6.     Be  careful  not  to  shorten 
this  sound  into  short  6. 


home 

smoke 

most 

6'ral 

gro'  cer 

bone 

choke 

loath 

o  val 

smok  er 

stone 

broke 

folks 

sto  ny 

only 

whole 

colt 

yokes 

so  cial 

pol  ka 

both 

clove 

spokes 

tro  phy 

o  pen 

52.   Names  of  Cities. 
They  should  always  begin  with  capital  letters. 
New  York  BaV  ti  more       Lon'  don.      Cal  cut'  la 

Phil  a  del' phia  Cin  cin  na!  ti     Par  is         St.Pe  ters  burg 
St.  Louis  New  Or  le  ans  Ber  lin        Pe  kin 

Chi  ca go  San  Fran  cis' co  Vienna      Yed  do 

Bos'  ton  Buf 'fa  lo  Liv'  er  pool  Mel  bourne 

53.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  6  long  and  other  combinations  of  vowels  =  5. 
Note. — Teachers  should  train  pupils  to  pronounce  these  words  correctly  in  concert. 


loaf 

coax 

pork 

por'  ter 

hoar'  y 

road 

hoax 

hoarse 

por  tal 

whol  ly 

toad 

cloaks 

hoard 

por  tion 

poul  try 

boat 

coats 

pour 

por  trait 

poul  tice 

throat 

jokes 

mourn 

for  ger 

bow  sprit 

54.  An  Easy  Grammar  Lesson. 

Rule.  —  The  plural  number  of  most  nouns  is  made  by  adding  s  or  es  to  the 
singular  number.  The  plural  of  the  following  nouns  ending  in/  is  made  by 
changing/  into  v  and  then  adding  es. 


Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

knife, 

knives 

wolf, 

wolves 

wife, 

wives 

loaf, 

loaves 

life, 

lives 

thief, 

thieves 

half, 

halves 

leaf, 

leaves 

calf, 

calves 

wharf, 

wharves 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK.  15 

55.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Be  careful  to  give  ow  in  the  last  syllable  the  sound  of  loug  0  in  old. 

ar'  row  mel'  low  hoi'  low  wid'  ow 

nar  row  fel  low  bor  row  min  now 

tal  low  yel  low  spar  row  fur  row 

shad  ow  wil  low  hal  low  bur  row 

mead  ow  pil  low  sal  low  sor  row 

56.   Plurals  of  Common  Nouns. 

Rule.  —  The  plural  of  nouns  ending  in  y  after  a  consonant  is  made  by 
changing  y  into  i  and  adding  es. 


Sing. 

la'  dy, 

Plur. 

la'  dies 

Sing. 

cher'ry, 

Plur. 

cher'  ries 

baby, 

ba  bies. 

fer  ry, 

fer  ries 

dai  sy, 

dai  sies 

sto  ry, 

sto  ries 

dai  ry, 

dai  ries 

par  ty, 

par  ties 

can  dy, 

can  dies 

army, 

ar  mies 

57.  An  Exercise  in  Grammar. 

Write  the  plurals  of  the  following  nouns. 

shy  ju'  ry  jel'  ly  bran  dy  pit'  y 

fly  cit  y  pop  py  shan  ty  po  ny 

pen  ny         (lit  ty  mer  cy         pas  try  tro  phy 

wher  ry        HI  y  coun  ty  trea  ty  hob  by 

na  vy  i  vy  row  dy  belfry  bod  y 

58.   Forming  Plurals. 

Rule.  —  Nouns  ending  in  y  after  a  vowel  form  their  plurals  in  the  common 
way.,  by  adding  s. 

Sing.  Plur.  Sing.  Plur. 

val'ley,  val'leys  tur'key,  turr  keys 

mon  ey,  mon  eys  jour  ney,  jour  neys 

mon  key,         mon  keys  pul  ley,  pul  leys 

chim  ney,        chim  neys  sur  vey,  sur  veys 

jock  ey,  jock  eys  don  key,  don  keys 


16 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


59.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 


Words  having  the  short  sound  of  o  in  odd,  marked  6. 

Be  careful  not  to 

drawl  this  sound  into  aw, 

as  sawft  for  soft. 

God 

cost 

bon'  net 

coffee 

cof '  fin 

off 

lost 

cob  bier 

os  trich 

nox  ious 

odd 

moss 

col  lege 

frol  ic 

knowl  edge 

loss 

oft 

cop  per 

prop  er 

block  head 

long 

soft 

pol  ish 

Jo1  ly 

knot  ty 

cross 

frost 

ob  ject 

col  ic 

office 

car'  pet 

broom . 

brush 

bu  reau 

pail 

sieve 

bowl 


60.   Articles  of  Furniture. 
Written  Exercise. 


bar'  rel 
sofa 
ket  tie 
pok  er 
pi  a'  no 
lounge 
crock'  er  y 


re  frig  er  a  tor    cusJi  ion 


book'  case 
bed  stead 
mir'  ror 
look  ing-glass 
cov  er  let 
cur'  tains 


dip  per 
mat  tress 
rock'  ing -chair 
skim  mer 
coun  ter  pane 
flat!  i  ron 


61.   Hard  Little  Words. 

The... not  to  be  spelled  thee,  when  you  mean  the  definite  ar- 
ticle. 

Thee... not  to  be  spelled  the,  when  you  mean  the  personal  pro- 
noun. 

There... not  to  be  spelled  their,  when  you  mean  the  adverb  of 
place. 

Their... not  to  be  spelled  there,  when  you  mean  the  possessive 
pronoun. 

Hear... not  to  be  spelled  here,  when  you  mean  the  act  of  taking 
in  sound. 

Here... not  to  be  spelled  hear,  when  you  mean  the  adverb  of 
place. 


FIRST   YEAR'S   WORK. 


17 


62.  More  Hard  Little  "Words. 

To... not  to  be  spelled  too  or  two,  when  you  mean  the  preposi- 
tion. 

Too... not  to  be  spelled  to  or  two,  when  you  intend  the  adverb 
meaning  "  also." 

Two... not  to  be  spelled  to  or  too,  when  you  mean  the  numeral 
adjective. 

Its... never  to  be  written  with  an  apostrophe  before  the  s. 

Theirs... never  to  be  written  with  an  apostrophe  before  the  s. 

O'er... is  an  abbreviation  of  over,  the  apostrophe  marking  the 
place  of  the  letter  v. 


63.   Quarterly  Review  for  a  Spelling  Match. 


schol'  ars 

cor  lege 

pre  side' 

di  vorce' 

a  ere 

know!  edge 

sir' loin 

os'  trich 

mon  key 

man  til'  la 

stir  rup 

poi  ka 

al  most 

o'  ver  coat 

squir  rel 

whol  ly 

haugh  ty 

bod'  ice 

shep  herd 

poul  tice 

dai  ly 

sau  sage 

sur  geon 

dai  ries 

gait  ers 

wel  fare 

so  cial 

sto  ries 

au  ger 

squat  ter 

por  trait 

ba  bies 

knuck  les 

sap  phire 

wheel  wright 

fai  ries 

an  kles 

sor  rel 

prayer 

pyg  mies 

re  ceipt' 

bed  stead 

prai'  rie 

dit  ties 

seiz'  ing 

be  lieve' 

vine  yard 

val  leys 

griev  ous 

re  ceive 

pic  nic 

jock  eys 

chest  nut 

a  piece 

live  long 

don  keys 

an.v. 

con  ceit 

worn  en 

jour  neys 

rai  sins 

sar'  dine 

guin  ea 

bu  reau 

mar  riage 

ker  nel 

skill  ful 

nox  ious 

car  cass 

butch  er 

ag  ile 

noz  zle 

IS 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


la' va 
al  so 
prop  er 
knot  ty 
col  ic 
cof  fee 
'  heif '  ers 

I'  saac 
Phil  ip 
Eu  gene 
Mat  thew 
Blanche 
Ma  ri'  a 
Is'  a  bel 


twi'  light 
bap  tize' 
mas' tiffs 
wea  sels 
pup  pies 
clothes  press 
cup'  board 

Hor'  ace 
Eeu  ben 
Lew  is 
Har'  ri  et 
Car  rie 
Mol  lie 
So  phie 


tor'  toise 
prac  tice 
at  tic 
ab  sence 
rasp'  ber  ries 
un'  cle 
scis  sors 


Jno. 

Wm. 

Chas. 

Jos. 

Thos. 

Geo. 

Co. 


A.M. 
P.M. 

No. 

Cr. 

M. 

Hon. 

Ans. 


book'  case 
mat  tress 
Ja  va 
bra  vo 
car  tridge 
laun  dry 
chim  neys 

S.  W. 

Ed. 

P.O. 

Ex. 

Jr. 

Acct. 

Gov. 


FOURTH    MONTH. 

64.   Oral  Exercise. 

"Words  having  the  sound  of  o  before  r  as  in  order.     Be  careful  not  to  give 
the  sound  of  aw  for  or,  asfawm  instead  of  form. 


storm 
horse 
corn 
icork 


/, 


corpse 


fork 

lord 

north 

sort 

cord 


form'  al 
nor  mal 
or  der 
or  gan 
cor  ner 


morn  ing 
bor  der 
hor  net 
mor  tal 
or  chard 


tor'  ment 
tor  pid 
sor  did 
dor  mant 
gor  geous 


65.  A  Lesson  for  Farmer  Boys. 


Farm  Products. 


wheat 
rye 
flax 
har'  ley 
oats 


po  ta!  toes 
pump*  kins 
tur  nips 
cot  ton 
to  bac'  co 


Garden  Products. 

eel'  er  y  rad'  ish  es 

let'  tuce  pars'  ley 

to  ma'  toes  as  par'  a  gus 

can'  li  flow  ers  rhw  barb 

cu'  cv-m  bers  pars'  nips 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


19 


66.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  o  iu  move,  marked  p.     This  is  the  same  sound 


as  u  in 

rude. 

prove 

grew 

croup 

ado' 

•  • 

los'  er 

•  • 

lose 

drew 

wound 

ca  noe' 

bruis  er 

who 

crew 

through 

un  do 

rou  tine' 

you 

flew 

shrewd 

shoe'ing 

ac  crue 

two 

true 

cru'  el 

rue  ful 

re  cruit 

67.   A  Geography  Lesson. 

Written  Exercise, 

Names  of  States  and  their  Abbreviations. 

U  nit' eel  States,  U.  S.  Ken  tuck'  y,  Kg. 

New   York,  N.  Y.  Ten  nes  see',  Tenn. 

Penn  syl  va  ni  a,  Tenn.  T  o  wa,  la. 

0  hi  o,  0.  Geo/  gi  a,  Ga. 

II  li  nois ,  III.  Midi  i  gan,  Mich. 

Mas  sa  chu  setts,  Mass.  Vir  gin  i  a,  Va. 

68.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  o  in  done,  like  short  u  in  us. 


does 

month 

cov'  et 

ov' en 

shov'  el 

doth 

shove 

hov  er 

doz  en 

slov  en 

son 

love 

com  pass 

noth  ing 

gov  ern 

won 

wont 

ton  nage 

wor  ry 

hon  ey 

none 

dove 

some  thing 

won  der 

come  ly 

69.   A  Natural-History  Lesson. 

Names  of  Wild  Animals. 


pan'  ther 
leop  ard 

bab  oon' 
rac  coon 

kan  ga  roo' 
buf '  fa  lo 

ti'  ger 

hy  e'  na 

cou  gar 
ze  bra 
wal  rus 

gi  raffe 
ga  zelle 
rein'  deer 

el'  e  phant 
go  ril'  la 
mon'  key 

o  pos'  sum 
rhi  noc'  e  ros 
o  rang'-ou  tang' 

20 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


70.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  long  u  in  use,  marked  ft.     Teachers  must  care, 
fully  train  their  classes  in  the  delicate  and  difficult  sounds  in  this  lesson. 


mute 

due            mu'  sic 

du'ty 

pu'  trid 

tube 

view           pu  pil* 

hu  man 

fluid 

tune 

lieu            tu  lip 

u  nit 

cu  bic 

dupe 

muse          stu  pid 

un  ion 

nui  sance 

hue 

cube           hu  mor 

bu  gle 

flu  ent 

71.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

trio'  une 

stat'  ue 

as  sume' 

in  duce' 

vol  ume 

vir  tue 

ob  tuse 

re  duce 

stat  ute 

a  gue 

pro  fuse 

se  duce 

trib  ute 

val  ue 

pur  sue 

a  muse 

cos  tume 

ar  gue 

con  fuse 

ex  ude 

72.  A  Lesson  in  Etymology. 

Rule.  —  Regular  verbs  of  one  syllable,  ending  in  a  single  consonant  after 
a  single  vowel,  double  the  last  letter  on  adding  ing  and  ed. 

Verbs.       Pres.  Part.  Past  Part.  Verbs.        Pres.  Part.  Past  Part. 


dot 

dot'  ting 

dot7  ted 

bar 

bar  ring 

barred 

blot 

blot  ting 

blot  ted 

jar 

jar  ring 

jarred 

dip 

dip  ping 

dipped 

rub 

rub  bing 

rubbed 

dig 

dig  ging 

digged 

rot 

rot  ting 

rot'  ted 

chop   chop  ping 

chopped 

slam 

slam  ming 

slammed 

pin 

pin  ning 

pinned 

slip 

slip  ping 

slipped 

swap 

swap  ping 

swapped 

clap 

clap  ping 

clapped 

stir 

stir  ring 

stirred 

step 

step  ping 

stepped 

snap 

snap  ping 

snapped 

whip 

whip  ping 

whipped 

join 

join  mg 

joined 

trot 

trot  ting 

trot'  ted 

fret 

fret  ting 

fret'  ted 

plan 

plan  ning 

planned 

grin 

grin  ning 

grinned 

sham 

sham  ming 

shammed 

beg 

beg  ging 

begged 

fix 

fix  ing 

fixed 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


21 


tip 

buzz 
skull 
muff 
does 


73.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  u  in  us,  marked  u. 

puff  gtit'  ter  glut'  ton         cup'  board 


chum 
hull 
gull 
doth 


crup  per 
hub  bub 
ful  some 
putty 


buck  et 
buggy 
muz  zle 
puz  zle 


pup  pet 
blub  ber 
gus  set 
gus  to 


Rail'  road, 
page, 
ques  tion, 
quar'  ter, 
at  or  to, 


74.   Common  Abbreviations. 

Written  Exercise. 


R.  R. 
P- 

qr. 
a. 


last  month, 
this  month, 
next  month, 
by  the  hundred, 
year  of  our  Lord, 


ult. 
inst. 
prox. 
per  cent, 
A.J). 


75.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  u  before  r  in  urge,  marked  ft.     Be  careful  to 
sound  the  r. 


bum 

pur 

mur'  mur 

bur'  den 

sur'  name 

hurt 

blur 

turn  coat 

fur  nish 

sur  face 

curl 

bur 

cur  tain 

tur  tie 

pur  chase 

furl 

churl 

gur  gle 

fur  ther 

sur  plus 

curse 

spur 

sur  feit 

fur  nace 

sur  ges 

church 
mosque 
hov'  el 
cab  in 
jail 


76.   Kinds  of  Buildings. 
Written,  Exercise, 


cot'  tage 
pris  on 
cas  tie 
pal  ace 
shan  ty 


vil'  la 
ho  tel' 
tern  pie 
tav  em 
fac  to  ry 


dun  geon 
sta  Me 
ken  nel 
tow  er 
bar  rack 


ed'  ifice 
ca  the  dral 
pa  vil'  ion 
the  a  ter 
ware'  house 


SJ2  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


77.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  sound  of  u  after  r  as  in  rude,  marked  vl.  This  is  the 
same  sound  as  o  in  prove.  The  teacher  is  referred  to  the  dictionary.  Many 
of  these  words  are  often  mispronounced. 

rule  prude  tru'  ant  fru'  gal 

prove  mood  tru  ly  pru  dent 

chool  fruit  ru  ral  scru  pie 

brute  cruise  cru  el  gru  el 

true  rue  ru  mor  bru  tal 


s 


78.   Names  of  Great  Rivers. 
Written  Exercise. 

Nile  Yu  kon  Mis  sou  ri  Ar'  Jean  sas 

Ni'  ger  In  dus  Col  urn  hi  a  0  ri  no'  co 

Platte  Gan  ges  Col  o  ra!  do  Yang-tse-Ki  ang' 

Rhine  A  moor'  Ri!  o  Grande  Mis  sis  sip  pi 

0  hi  o  St.  Law  rence  La  Pla'  ta  Ni  ag  a  ra 

79.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

"Words  having  the  sound  of  u  in  full,  marked  u.     This  is  the  same  sound 
as  oo  in  foot. 


bull 

buT  let 

cucF  oo 

buT  wark 

put 

pul  let 

pul  pit 

full  ness 

push 

bush  el 

cush  ion 

fully 

bush 

butch  er 

bul  lion 

pul  ley 

full 

pud  ding 

bul  lock 

put  ting 

80.  Kinds 

of  Birds. 

Written  Exercise. 

vul'  lure 

par'  rot 

wood'  cock 

aV  da  tross 

con  dor 

pet  rel 

swal  low 

cor  mo  rant 

os  trich 

pea  cock 

hen  hawk 

par  o  quel 

e  mu 

pig  eon 

spoon  bill 

jla  min  go 

huz  zard 

pheas  ant 

mag  pie 

o'  ri  ole 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK.  23 


81.  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  pronounced  alike,  but  differing  in  spelling  and  meaning.     Let  the 
teacher  read  the  sentence  and  have  the  catchwords  spelled  orally  by  the  pupil. 

all  All  the  poor  shoemaker  possessed  was  an  awl  and  some 

awl  lasts. 

Ann  Ann  exchanged  with  Emma  an  apple  for  an  egg. 

an 

ate  They  ate  twenty -eight  of  the  best  pears  in  our  gar- 

eight  den. 

as  sent'    Did  you  give  your  assent  to  his  proposal  of  making  the 
as  cent'         ascent  of  the  hill  this  morning  ? 

aught       If  you  have  aught  against  me,  you  ought  to  state  it 
ought  frankly  to  myself. 

bass  You  will  find  the  bass  drum  lying  at  the  base  of  the 

base  pillar. 

bawl         These  boys  should  not  bawl  so  loudly,  and  kick  about 
ball  that  football  in  this  beautiful  ballroom. 

be  Be  diligent  like  the  busy  bee,  and  you  will  become  rich 

bee  and  respected. 

bear  The  bear  tore  his  bare  leg  in  such  a  manner  that  I 

bare  could  not  bear  to  look  at  it. 

bean         Look  at  that  beau  with  a  lady  on  his  arm,  carrying  a 
bow  bow  and  arrows. 

conn'  cil  Members  of  the  town  council  do  not  always  give  nor 
COnn'  sel       act  upon  the  wisest  counsel. 


24 


SAINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


82.   Written  Spelling. 

Let  the  teacher  dictate  the  sentences  and  pay  particular  attention  to  the 
spelling  of  the  catchwords. 

hare  John  caught  a  hare  by  a  net  made  of  horsehair. 

hair 

heard       I  heard  that  a  whole  herd  of  sheep  had  perished  in  the 
herd  snow. 

him  I  heard  him  sing  a  beautiful  hymn. 

hymn 

need         You  need  not  knead  the  dough  till  evening. 
knead 


ore 
oar 
o'er 

pare 
pear 
pair 

you 
ewe 
yew 


It  was  curious  to  see  two  men  carrying  a  piece  of  iron 
ore  on  the  oar  of  a  boat,  as  they  walked  o'er  the  nar- 
row bridge. 

You  cannot  pare  the  green  pear  with  an  old  pair  of 
scissors. 

Did  you  see  our  ewe  grazing  beneath  the  yew  tree  ? 


83. 

neigh'  bor 
kin  dred 
fire  side 
shel  ter 
ash  es 
em  bers 
pitch  ers 
era  die 
swad  die 
smol  der 


Common  Words  of  Anglo-Saxon  Origin. 

kitch'  en  was'  sail  draw'  ers 

fiddle 
wel  come 
ear  ly 
er  rand 
gos  sip 
rid  die 
na  ked 
man  tie 
pock  et 


ov  en 
la  die 
thresh  old 
heav  en 
ew  er 
buck  et 
bun  die 
ta  per 
mar  row 


stock  ings 
hun  ger 
an  ger 
won  der 
bit  ter 
bur  den 
wea  ry 
sor  row 
mor  row 


FIRST    YEAR'S   WORK. 


25 


gor  geous 
rou  tine' 
ac  crue' 
shoe'  ing 
ca  noe' 
through 
doz'  en 
com'  pass 
stom'  ach 
nui'  sance 
re  duce' 
a  muse' 
blot'  ting 
grin'  ning 
whipped 


84.  Monthly- 
scrubbed 
swapped 
muz'  zle 
gus'  set 
hub'  bub 
put'  ting 
neigh'  bor 
swad'  die 
thresh'  old 
smol'  der 
ew'er 
er'  rand 
bul'  lion 
bul'  lock 
pul'  let 


Oral  Review. 

to  bac'  co 
eel'  er  y 
to  ma'  toes 
pump'  kins 
leop'  ard 
go  ril'  la 
man'  sion 
pal'  ace 
mosque 
school'  house 
the'  a  ter 
cot'  tage 
os'  trich 
buz'  zard 
pig'  eon 


par'  tridge 
pars'  ley 
el'  e  phant 
cou'  gar 
drom'  e  da  ry 
pa  vil'  ion 
ca  the'  dral 
par'  o  quet 
Mis  sou  ri 
In  di  an'  a 
Platte 
Ehine 
Yu'  kon 
A  moor7 
Ni'  ger 


FIFTH    MONTH. 


85.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  ob  in  foot.     Be  careful  not  to  give  the 
Ions  sound  of  oo  in  cool. 


good 

wool 

foot 

book 

cook 


hook 

brook 

wood 

took 

nook 


shook 

stood 

rook 

soot 

could 


look'  out 
foot  man 
hood  wink 
foot  step 
wood  bine 


cuck'  oo 
good  ness 
fish  hook 
red  wood 
cook  y 


86.   Geographical  Spelling. 

Written  Exercise, 

U  nit'  eel  States,  A  me/  i  cans  Eng'  land, 

Ger'  ma  ny,  Ger'  mans 

Rus'  sia,  Tins'  slans 

It'  a  ly,  I  tal'  ians 

Tur'  key,  Turks 


France, 
Chi'  na, 
Hoi'  land, 
Spain, 


En*  glisli 
French 
Chi'  nese 
Dutch 
Span'  ish 


26 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


87.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

"Words  having  the  sound  of  oo  in  moon,  marked  oo.     Be  careful  not  to 
shorten  the  sound. 


roof 

loose 

boo'ty 

tooth  ache 

bam  boo' 

root 

poor 

room  y 

boot  black 

ca  boose 

boot 

boor 

noon  day 

los  ing 

co  coon 

soon 

smooth 

moon  shine 

whoop  ing 

sa  loon 

hoof 

wound 

spoon  ful 

loos  en 

ta  boo 

88.  "Written  Abbreviations. 


At  tor'  ney,  Atty. 

Moun  tains,  Mts. 

Pop  u  Id  tion,  Pop. 

Chap'  ter}  Chap. 

Major,  Maj. 


Colo'  net.  Col, 

Pres  i  dent,  Pres. 

Rep  re  sent'  a  tive,  Rep. 
Sen'  a  tor,  Sen. 

Lieu  ten  ant,  Lieut. 


89.  Derivative  Words. 

Verbs  ending  in  e  drop  the  e  when  ing  or  ed  is  added.  Nouns  are  formed 
from  the  verb  by  adding  the  suffix  er,  which  means  one  who,  or  that  which. 
Define  the  nouns. 


Verb. 

Pres.  Part. 

Past  Tense. 

Noun. 

hate 

hat'  ing 

hat'  ed 

hat'  er 

wade 

wad  ing 

wad  ed 

wad  er 

dodge 

dodg  ing 

dodged 

dodg  er 

joke 

jok  ing 

joked 

jok  er 

skate 

skat  ing 

skat'  ed 

skat  er 

mine 

min  ing 

mined 

min  er 

dive 

div  ing 

dived 

div  er 

gaze 

gaz  ing 

gazed 

gaz  er 

love 

lov  ing 

loved 

lov  er 

dine 

din  ing 

dined 

din  er 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


27 


90.   Derivative  "Words. 

Rule.  —  "Words  of  one  syllable  ending  in  a  single  consonant  after  a  single 
vowel  double  the  last  letter  when  er  is  added.  The  suffix  er  in  nouns  means 
one  who,  or  that  which ;  in  adjectives,  it  means  more. 

tan 


job 

rob 

rub 

swim 

drum 


job'  ber 
rob  ber 
rub  ber 
swim  mer 
drum  mer 


run 
wrap 
plod 
grab 


tan'  ner 
run  ner 
wrap  per 
plod  der 
grab  ber 


91.   Written  Spelling. 

Write  the  derivatives  of  the  following  words,  by  adding   the  suffix  er. 
Write  after  each  word  n.  for  noun ;    adj.  for  adjective. 

trap        ship         dip  rap 

snap 

plan 

sit 

win 

92.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  long  sound  of  y  in  style,  like  i  in  pine,  marked  y. 


dig 

clip 

hit 

sup 

trim 

bid 

spin 

grab 

trot 

skin 

gun 

shut 

mad 

giib 

grim 

sad 

red 

dim 

slim 

thin 

wet 

fat 

big 

hot 

fit 

glad 

glum 

rhyme 

rye 

ty'  rant           ty'  phoid         gey'  ser 

chyme 

scythe 

cy  press          hy  phen          sky  ward 

thyme 

gyves 

hy  son            hy  brid 

dye  ing 

lye 

spy 

ty  ro               gy  rate 

i            dye  wood 

dye 

try 

ty  phus          ly  ing 
93.  Historical  Spelling. 

Written  Exercise. 

Names  of  Great   Men. 

hy  drant 

New'  ton 

Schil'  ler 

Shakes' peare 

Mil  ton 

La  fa  yette 

Hum  boldt 

Ho  mer 

Han  ni  bal 

Bo'  na  parte 

Cic  e  ro 

Wash'  ing  ton 

Confu  ci  us 

Co  lum  bus 

Frank'  lin 

Jul'  ius  C(£  sar 

28 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


94.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  the  short  sound  of  y  in  nymph,  marked  y. 


l^nch 

ljr'  ic 

crys'  tal 

sympr  torn 

lynx 

cyn  ic 

sys  tern 

strych  nine 

myth 

syr  inge 

syl  van 

cym  bal 

sylph 

sym  bol 

gyp  sy 

ca  lyx 

hymn 

syn  tax 

gym  nast 

idyl 

95.   Common  Abbreviations. 
Written  Exercise* 

Cash  on  Delivery,  C.  0.  D. 

Doctor  of  Divinity,  D.  D. 

Doctor  of  Medicine,  M.  D. 

Doctor  of  Laws,  LL.  D. 

Member  of  Congress,  M.  C. 

In  the  year  of  our  Lord,  A.  D, 

Before  Christ,  B.  C. 

96.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 


Words  ha 

iving  the  sound  of  ou  in  out.     This  has  the  same  i 

3ound  as  ow  m 

ounce 

drought 

lounge 

spouse 

hour 

pound 

slough 

frown 

drowse 

pow'  er 

howl 

bow 

gouge 

flour 

ground 

bough 

prow 

gown 

bow'  er 

crowned 

now 

found'  ling 

gout 

sour 

flounce 

97.   Oral  Spelling. 

In  the  words  in  the  first  three  columns,  ou  has  the  short  sound  of  ou  in 
tough,  like  short  u  in  but ;  in  the  fourth  column,  it  has  the  sound  of  oo  in 
root. 


rough 

cou'  pie 

tough'  en 

route 

touch 

dou  ble 

south  era 

tour 

tough 

trou  ble 

jeal  ous 

wound 

young 

cous  in 

zeal  ous 

rou  tine' 

e  nough' 

coun  try 

nerv  ous 

sou  chon^ 

.  FIRST    YEAE'S    WORK. 

98.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  oi  as  in  oil,  and  oy  as  in  boy. 


29 


oil 

joint 

toi'  let 

oys'  ter 

an  noy* 

boil 

quoit 

loi  ter 

loy  al 

de  stroy 

spoil 

noise 

clois  ter 

roy  al 

a  hoy 

joist 

roil 

poi  son 

boy  hood 

em  ploy 

coin 

toil 

coin  age 

joy  ous 

en  joy 

99.   Abbreviations. 
Written  Exercise, 

0  be'  di  ent,  Obt.  Oc  ta  vo,  Svo, 

Dep'  u  ty,  Dep.  Du  o  dec  i  mo,  l%mo. 

Mem  o  ran'  dum,    Mem.  And  otli  ers,  Et  al. 

Man  u  script,         MS.  Sit  per  in  tend'  ent,  Supt. 

Take  no'  tice,         N.  B,  Vol'  ume,  Vol. 


100.   About  Verbs. 

Rule.  —  Verbs  ending  in  y  after  a  consonant  form  the  3d  person,  singular 
number,  in  the  present  tense,  by  changing  y  into  i  and  adding  es.  They  form 
all  the  persons  in  both  numbers,  in  the  past  tense,  by  changing  y  into  i,  and 
adding  ed. 


lor  you 

he  or  she 

we,  you,  or  they 

7  or  you 

he  or  she 

toe,  you,  or  the i 

try 

tries 

tried 

cop'  y 

cop'  ies 

cop'  ied 

cry 

cries 

cried 

hur  rv 

hur  ries 

hur  ried 

dry 

dries 

dried 

wor  ry 

wor  ries 

wor  ried 

spy 

spies 

spied 

glory 

glo  ries 

glo  ried 

pit'y 

pit'  ies 

pit'  ied 

stud  y 

stud  ies 

stud  ied 

fry 

fries 

fried 

emp  ty 

emp  ties 

emp  tied 

fan'  cv 

fan'  cies 

fan'  cied 

def/ 

de  fies' 

de  tied' 

bully 

bul  lies 

bul  lied 

de  ny 

de  nies 

de  nied 

mar  ry 

mar  ries 

mar  ried 

com  ply 

com  plies 

com  plied 

car  ry 

car  ries 

car  ried 

reply 

re  plies 

re  plied 

tar  ry 

tar  ries 

tar  ried 

rely 

re  lies 

re  lied 

ral  ly 

ral  lies 

ral  lied 

ally 

al  lies 

al  tied 

30 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


101.   Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  various  combinations  of  vowels  have  the  sound  of  long  u 
in  use. 


dew 

mew 

ew'  er 

ar'  gues 

sub  due' 

ewe 

pew 

pew  ter 

res  cue 

re  new 

hew 

deuce 

gew  gaw 

.  sin  ew 

re  view 

view 

news 

stew  ard 

val  ue 

en  sue 

due 

few 

beau  ty 

Tues  day 

be  dew 

102.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  various  vowels  have  the  sound  of  long  6  in  old. 


boat 

court 

oak 

road 

pour  tice 

coat 

mourn 

loath 

most 

poul  try 

coarse 

coach 

source 

toast 

hoar  y 

hoarse 

pour 

snow 

bowl 

bow  sprit 

hoax 

foam 

goal 

soul 

coul  ter 

103.  Words  relating  to  Heat  and  Cold. 

frost'  i  ness  frig'  id 

i  ci  ness  arc  tic 

ice'  berg  freez  ing 

hail  stone  chil  ly 

i'  ci  cle  ice  bound 


fire 

sul'  try 

tep'  id 

blaze 

glow  ing 

fer  vent 

warmth 

scald  ing 

blaz  ing 

fe'  ver 

broil  ing 

red-hot 

hec  tic 

fi'er  y 

ig'  ne  ous 

104.  Written  Exercise. 

Words  relating  to  cleanness,  and  the  reverse. 


cleanse 

wipe 

dirt 

dregs 

slime 

soiled 

scrub 

sponge 

filth 

dross 

slush 

un  clean1 

brush 

swab 

slops 

scum 

offal 

dirt! y 

sweep 

lave 

soot 

lees 

sew'  er 

filth's 

scour 

bathe 

smoke 

grounds 

ditch 

slov'  en  ly 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


31 


105.   Monthly 

Oral  Review. 

ojs'  ter 

scythe 

pit'  ied 

I  tal'  ians 

hood'  wink 

rhyme 

mar'  ried 

Jap  an  ese' 

fish'  hook 

ty'  pirns 

ral'  lied 

Span'  ish 

tooth'  ache 

crys'  tal 

stud'  ied 

Brit'  ain 

room'  ful 

syn'  tax 

frig'  id 

Cic'  e  ro 

whoop'  ing 

cym'  bal 

froz'  en 

Schil'  ler 

bam  boo' 

butch'  er 

i'  ci  cle 

Hum'  boldt 

ta  boo' 

lynch 

red-hot 

Shakes'  peare 

co  coon' 

sylph 

scald'  ing 

Cse'  sar 

joked 

drowse 

ca'  lyx 

C.  0.  D. 

dodged 

tough'  en 

Tues'  day 

N.  B. 

swim'  mer 

sou  chong' 

beau'  ty 

8vo. 

SIXTH    MONTH. 

106.    Oral  Spelling. 

Ly  was  originally  like,  and  means  in  a  manner ;  ness  means  state  of  being. 
Ly  added  to  an  adjective  forms  an  adverb ;  ness  added  to  an  adjective  forms  a 
noun,  and  means  state  of  being. 
Adj.  Adv.  Noun.  Adj.  Adv. 

calm     calm'ly  calm' ness  large  large' ly 

coarse  coarse  ly  coarse  ness  mean  mean  ly 

fine       fine  ly  fine  ness  near  near  ly 

fair       fair  ly  fair  ness  neat  neat  ly 


Noun. 

large'  ness 
mean  ness 
near  ness 
neat  ness 


grim     grim  ly     grim  ness      shrewd  shrewd  ly  shrewd  ness 


Ly  or  y  added  to 
forms  another  noun 


Noun. 

god 

ghost 

beast 

world 

home 


Adj. 

god'  ly 
ghost  ly 
beast  ly 
world  ly 
home  ly 


107.  Lesson  in  Etymology. 

a  noun  makes  an  adjective ;   ness  added  to  the  adjective 
;  y  is  changed  to  i.     Define  these  words  orally. 

Noun.  Adj.  Noun. 

life  live'  ly     live'  li  ness 

flesh  flesh  y     flesh  i  ness 

juice  jui  cy      jui  ci  ness 

might  might  y  might  i  ness 

fuss  fuss  y      fuss  i  ness 


Noun. 

god'  li  ness 
ghost  li  ness 
beast  li  ness 
world  li  ness 
home  li  ness 


32 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


108.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  a  in  unaccented  syllables  has  the  obscure  sound  of  a  in 
palm,  or  u  in  urge.     In  some  words  a  has  nearly  the  sound  of  short  ti.  in  nut. 


com'  ma 

so' da 

men'  tal 

in'  stant 

tur'  ban 

chi  na 

so  fa 

den  tal 

at  las 

cap  stan 

e  ra 

pol  ka 

dis  tance 

cut  lass 

ten  ant 

ex  tra 

vil  la 

pit  tance 

tres  pass 

sub  stance 

stan  za 

Cu  ba 

bai  ance 

ras  cal 

va  grant 

cot'  tage 
ton  nage 
mes  sage 
im  age 
cli  mate 


109.  Oral  Spelling. 
Words  in  which  unaccented  a  has  an  obscure  sound. 

pref '  ace  ag'  ate 

sol  ace  sau  sage 

ter  race  bag  gage 

pal  ate  cour  age 

pi  rate  pack  age 


Adj. 

clum'  sy 
era  zy 
dain  ty 
Aim  sy 
gaudy 
giddy 
happy 
lazy 
dirt  y 
pret  ty 
diz  zy 
bus  y 
haugh  ty 
greed  y 


110.  Etymology  and  Defining. 

Define  the  adverbs  and  nouns  orally. 
Adv. 

clum'  si  ly 
era  zi  ly 


Noun. 

clum'  si  ness 


dain  ti  ly 
Aim  si  ly 
gaud  i  ly 
gid  di  ly 
hap  pi  ly 
la  zi  ly 
dirt  i  ly 
pret  ti  ly 
diz  zi  ly 
bus  i  ly 
haugh  ti  ly 
greed  i  ly 


era  zi  ness 
dain  ti  ness 
Aim  si  ness 
gaud  i  ness 
gid  di  ness 
hap  pi  ness 
la  zi  ness 
dirt  i  ness 
pret  ti  ness 
diz  zi  ness 
bus  i  ness 
haugh  ti  ness 
greed  i  ness 


rum  mage 
till  age 
vin  tage 
u  sage 


or  ange 


Er  =  more. 

clum'  si  er 
era  zi  er 
dain  ti  er 
Aim  si  er 
gaud  i  er 
gid  dier 
hap  pi  er 
la  zi  er 
dirt  i  er 
pret  ti  er 
diz  zi  er 
bus  i  er 
haugh  ti  er 
greed  i  er 


FIRST   YEAR'S    WORK.  33 

111.  Pronunciation  and  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  unaccented  a  before  r  has  the  sound  of  e  in  her. 


on'  ward 

gram'  mar 

mus'  tard 

sea'  ward 

in  ward 

pil  lar 

or  chard 

wind  ward 

stew  ard 

dol  lar 

wiz  ard 

north  ward 

up  ward 

slug  gard 

cow  ard 

stal  wart 

lag  gard 

haz  ard 

schol  ar 

po  lar 

112.   Oral  Spelling. 

Sound  of  e  in  her.  The  following  words  are  frequently  spelled  in  two 
ways.  The  spelling  given  in  the  first  column  is  generally  called  Websterian, 
from  being  used  in  Webster's  Dictionary. 


cen'  ter, 

or 

cen'  tre 

mi'  ter, 

or 

mi'  tre 

fi  ber, 

or 

fi  bre 

me  ter, 

or 

me  tre 

lus  ter, 

or 

lus  tre 

o  cher, 

or 

o  chre 

mea  ger, 

or 

mea  gre 

som  ber, 

or 

som  bre 

seep  ter, 

or 

seep  tre 

the'  a  ter, 

or 

the'  a  tre 

113.  Names  of  Cities. 

Written  Exercise. 

Buffa  lo,  N.  Y.  De  troit',  Mick.  Rick'mond,  Va. 

New'  ark,  N.  J.  Mil  wan  hee,  Wis.  New  Ha'  ven,  Conn. 

Lou  is  ville,  Ky.  Prov'  i  dence,  R.  I.  Charles'  ton,  S.  C. 

Cleve  land,  0.  Rock'  es  ter,  N.  Y.  Syr'  a  cuse,  N.  Y. 

Pitts'  burg,  Pa.  Al'  le  ghe  ny,  Pa.  Worces'  ter,  Mass. 

114.  Names  of  Persons. 

Men.  Women. 

Fer'  di  nand  Sam  u  el  A  me'  lia  Ma'  del 

Fred'  er  ick  Ste'pken  E'  ditk  Ma  til'  da 

Ja  cob  Syl  ves'  ter  E  W  za  No'  ra 

Nick'  o  las  The'  o  dore  Fran  ces  0  liv'  za 

Ru 'Jus  Tim  o  thy  Han'  nak  Rose 


34  SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 

115.  Derivative  Words. 

Written  Spelling. 

The  suffix  en  means  to  make.  Added  to  an  adjective,  a  verb  is  formed. 
The  suffix  er  added  to  an  adjective  means  more.  The  final  e  is  dropped  when 
en  and  er  are  added.     Define  the  derivatives  orally,  after  they  are  written. 

Adj.  Adj.  Verb.  Adj.  Adj.  Verb. 

flat,   flat'  ter,    flat'  ten  wide,  wid'  er,  wid'  en 

glad,  glad  der,  glad  den  short,  short  er,  short  en 

loose,  loos  er,       loos  en  white,  whit  er,  whit  en 

ripe,    rip  er,       rip  en  sweet,  sweet  er,  sweet  en 

mad,    mad  der,    mad  den  rough,  rough  er,  rough  en 

116.  Lesson  in  Word-Forming. 

Form  derivatives  from  the  following  primitives  by  adding  en  and  ert  and 
define  the  words  that  you  form. 

fat  bright  black  tight  deaf 

hard  weak  tough  quick  cheap 

soft  sharp  dead  fresh  sad 

stiff  fast  damp  thick  sick 

dark  deep  chaste  less  light 

117.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  0  before  r  in  the  final  syllable,  not  accented,  sounds  like  e 
in  her. 

ac'  tor  hor'  ror  mir'  ror  ed'  i  tor 

ar  bor  la  bor  col  or  spec  ta'  tor 

clam  or  may  or  ter  ror  ere  a  tor 

er  ror  mi  nor  hon  or  mon'  i  tor 

fla  vor  tu  tor  sail  or  or  a  tor 

118.  Abbreviations. 
Bit  to  (the  same),    Bo.  Bal'  ance,  Bal. 

Lat'  i  tude,  Lai.  Broth'  ers,  Bros. 

Longitude,  Lon.  Cur' retit  (this  month),  Cur. 

Psalm,  Ps.  Hun  dred  Weight,         Cwt. 

Ar'  ti  cle,  Art.  Last  month,  Ult. 


FIRST    YEAR'S   WORK.  35 

119.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  the  unaccented  syllable  has  the  sound  of  short  ii  in  up. 


at'om 

cit'  ron 

bru'  tal 

ten'  ant 

fel  on 

com  mon 

med  al 

pen  nant 

gal  Ion 

de  mon 

met  ai 

in  stant 

tal  on 

bios  som 

pet  al 

dis  tant 

wag  on 

mel  on 

pen  ance 

pit  tance 

120.  Articles  of  Commerce 

• 

Written  Spelling. 

cot'  ton 

di'  a  monds. 

ma  hog'  a  ny 

coch'  i  neal 

co  coa 

eh'  o  ny 

plat1  i  num 

mo 

las'  ses 

cop  per 

in  di  go 

qui'  nine 

gui 

'f  ta-per'  cha 

cam  phor 

i  vo  ry 

ba  na  nas 

ruf 

dies 

pot  ash 

nut!  megs 

cin  na  mon 

ma 

chin  er  y 

121.   Hard  Pronunciation. 

The  suffix  ure  after  d,  I,  and  s  has  the  sound  of  your  a  little  shortened. 
Verdure  is  pronounced  verd'  your. 

verdure              fix'  ture               sei'zure  ven'  ture 

crea  ture              fn  ture                pic  ture  rap  ture 

fail  ure                ges  ture             scrip  ture  mois  ture 

cul  ture                lee  ture               struc  ture  na  ture 

fig  ure                 mix  ture            lei  sure  fis  sure 

122.  Hard  to  pronounce  correctly. 

In  the  following  words,  u  has  the  sound  of  you,  or  that  sound  a  little 
shortened ;  thus,  value  is  pronounced  val'  you. 

vol'  ume              vir'  tue              sched'  ule  ed  u  ca'  tion 

del  uge               trib  une            is  sue  ref  u  ta  tion 

for  tune              trib  ute             nod  ule  in'  sti  tute 

ref  uge                ref  use              ar  gue  ri  die'  u  lous 

stat  ute               val  ue               stat  ue  trib'  u  ta  ry 


36 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


123.   Quarterly  Review  for  a  Spelling  Match. 


coarse'  ness 

mel'  on 

se  duce' 

cab'  bag  es 

ghost'  li  ness 

gal'  Ion 

pro  fuse' 

as  par'  a  gus 

jui'  ci  ness 

fel'  on 

ty'  phoid 

dun'  geon 

rum'  mage 

scuf  fle 

W'  gy 

al'  ba  tross 

pack'  age 

twin'  kle 

gus'  to 

colo'  nel 

car'  riage 

sulk'  y 

scru'  pie 

lieu  ten'  ant 

flip'  pant 

bee'  tie 

bul'  let 

at  tor'  ney 

tres'  pass 

tad'  pole 

spoon'  ful 

med'  i  cine 

pit'  tance 

wee'  vil 

tru'ly 

man'  u  script 

la'  zi  ness 

lei'  sure 

jok'  ing 

fuss'  i  ness 

pret'  ti  ly 

sei'  zure 

dye'  ing 

suT  tri  ness 

diz'  zi  ness 

sher'  iff 

gym'  nast 

ma  hog'  a  ny 

Aim'  si  er 

ras'  cal 

gyp'  sum 

ba  na'  nas 

mea'  ger 

slaugh'  ter 

rough'  en 

di'  a  monds 

seep'  ter 

nor'  mal 

loi'  ter 

gut'  ta-per'  cha 

loos'  en 

bruis'  er 

joy'  ous 

coch'  i  neal 

mad'  den 

ton'  nage 

toi'  let 

qui'  nine 

chas'  ten 

bab  oon' 

hur'  ried 

cin'  na  mon 

rid'  dance 

rac  coon' 

arc'  tic 

ma  chin'  er  y 

bios'  som 

rein'  deer 

ice'  bound 

mo  las'  ses 

rue  ful 

pur'  chase 

strych'  nine 

flat'  ten 

crew'  el 

swal'  low 

symp'  torn 

bal'  ance 

un'  ion 

missed 

oys'  ter 

ed'  i  tor 

glu'  ey 

gos'  sip 

blaz'  ing 

ere  a'  tor 

rag  ged 

tip'  pet 

clum'  si  ness 

or'  a  tor 

blub'  ber 

hy'  men 

gram'  mar 

hand'  some 

fur'  nace 

sky'  ward 

sweet'  en 

streaked 

Vir  gin'  ia 

La  Pla'  ta 

viz. 

E«.  E. 

Ten  nes  see' 

Ni  ag'  a  ra 

ult. 

Pres. 

Col  or  a'  do 

Mil  wau'  kee 

prox. 

M.  D. 

Mis  sis  sip'  pi 

Al'  le  ghe  ny 

do. 

LL.  D. 

Hi'  o  Grande 

Worces'  ter 

A.  D. 

D.  D. 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


37 


SEVENTH    MONTH. 

124.  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  a  in  unaccented  syllables  is  sounded  nearly  like  short  fl.  in  but, 

an'  nals  na'  sal  so'  cial  mad'  am 

brid  al  ri  val  bal  ance  or  gan 

dis  mal  scan  dal  dis  tant  hus  band 

le  gal  ver  nal  in  stant  pet  al 

med  al  ther  mal  con  stant  met  al 

125.  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  e  in  unaccented  syllables  has  the  short  sound  in  met. 


chan'  nel 

mod'  el 

chil'  dren 

learn'  ed 

flan  nel 

rev  cl 

snd  den 

na  ked 

ker  nel 

satch  el 

dog  ged 

rug  ged 

la  bel 

trav  el 

dot  ted 

ha  tred 

nov  el 

ves  sel 

hun  dred 

par  eel 

Pres. 

do, 
eat, 

go, 

ride, 

am, 

get, 

choose, 

drink, 

hear, 

sleep, 

swim, 

swear, 

tear, 


Past. 

did, 

ate, 

went, 

rode, 

was, 

got, 

chose, 

drank, 

heard, 

slept, 

swam, 

swore, 

tore, 


126.   A  Grammar  Lesson. 
Written  Exercise. 

Principal  parts  of  irregular  verbs. 
Per.  Part. 

done 


eaten 

gone 

ridden 

been 

gotten 

chosen 

drunk 

heard 

slept 

swum 

sworn 

torn 


Pres. 

say, 
lie, 
lay, 
bite, 
burst, 
buy, 
catch, 
strike, 
fight, 
bring, 
spit, 
teach, 
think, 


Past. 

said, 

lay, 
laid, 
bit, 
burst, 
bought, 
caught, 
struck, 
fought, 
brought, 
spit, 
taught, 
thought, 


Per.  Part. 

said 
lain 
laid 
bitten 
burst 
bought 
caught 
struck 
fought 
brought 
spit 
taught 
thought 


38 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


127.  Another  Grammar  Lesson. 

In  the  ancient  or  solemn  style,  the  second  person  singular  of  verbs  ends 
with  the  suffix  est,  and  the  third  person  with  eth.  The  second  person  singular 
of  regular  verbs  in  the  past  tense  ends  with  edst,  and  the  other  persons  end  in 
ed  as  a  separate  syllable.  This  form  of  the  verb  is  used  principally  in  the 
Bible  and  in  prayer. 


Pres.  tense,  2d  pers. 

thou  pray'  est 
thou  lov  est 
thou  hat  est 
thou  reign  est 
thou  rul  est 
thou  mourn  est 
thou  liv  est 
thou  burn  est 
thou  bless  est 
thou  fear  est 


Pres.  tense,  3d  pers. 

he  pray'  eth 
he  lov  eth 
he  hat  eth 
he  reign  eth 
he  rul  eth 
he  mourn  eth 
he  liv  eth 
he  burn  eth 
he  bless  eth 
he  fear  eth 


Past  tense,  2d  pers. 

thou  pray'  edst 
thou  lov  edst 
thou  hat  edst 
thou  reign  edst 
thou  rul  edst 
thou  mourn  edst 
thou  liv  edst 
thou  burn  edst 
thou  bless  edst 
thou  fear  edst 


128.  Lesson  in  Derivation. 

How  verbs  are  formed  out  of  nouns. 


Nouns. 

Verbs. 

Nouns.         Verbs. 

Nouns. 

Verbs. 

gold 

gild 

shelf     shelve 

ac'  cent 

ac  cent' 

blood 

bleed 

cloth     clothe 

con'  flict 

con  flict' 

food 

feed 

bath      bathe 

con'  trast 

con  trast' 

half 

halve 

grass     graze 

im'  port 

im  port' 

band 

bind 

glass      glaze 

sub'  ject 

sub  ject' 

129.   Colloquial  "Words. 

chores 

fid'  get 

chit' 

'  chat 

both'  er 

scrimp 

fuss  y 

tat  tie 

home  sick 

splurge 

t 

coax  ing 

gam 

mon 

hub  bub 

hoax 

tip  top 

teas 

ing 

puck  er 

nudge 

tus  sle 

hus  i 

sv 

pes  ter 

FIRST  YEAR'S   WORK. 


3U 


130.   Oral  Spelling. 


Words  in  1 

which  a  in  the  first  syllable  unaccented  has  the  sound  of  a  in 

grass. 

a  bet' 

a  glow7 

a  way7 

ca  noe' 

a  thwart' 

a  bove 

a  las 

a  sleep 

ca  reer 

a  skew 

a  bout 

a  like 

a  dopt 

ga  zette 

a  bound 

a  bode 

a  maze 

a  cute 

ma  chine 

a  dieu 

a  breast 

a  muse 

a  byss 

pa  rade 

a  new 

a  dorn 

a  mid 

a  mend 

ra  vine 

a  round 

a  dult 

a  mong 

ca  det 

ca  reen 

a  skance 

a  drift 

a  part 

ca  nal 

sa  lute 

a  foot 

a  far 

a  right 

ca  ress 

a  back 

a  fresh 

a  float 

a  rise 

ca  tarrh        a  baft 

a  head 

a  gree 

a  vow 

ca  jole 

a  rouse 

a  light 

a  bed 

a  wake 

ca  nard 

a  slant 

a  live 

131.  Relating  to  Dimension. 

size 

big 

stout 

im  mense' 

bulk 

great 

plump 

e  nor'  mous 

mass 

large 

port'  ly 

co  los  sal 

vol'  ume 

huge 

boun  cing 

gi  gan  tic 

large  ness 

am'  pie 

chub  by 

stu  pen  dous 

vast  ness 

mas  sive 

stal  wart 

un  bound  ed 

132.  Relating  to  Littleness. 

Written  Exercise. 

small 

mite 

ace 

mote 

gran'  ule 

lit'  tie 

at' om 

iot 

bit 

glob  nle 

ti  ny 

speck 

whit 

gnat 

mol'  e  cule 

pet  ty 

in  sect 

drop 

seed 

drib'  let 

pu  ny 

min  now 

tit'  tie 

grain 

mon  ad 

mea  ger 

pygmy 

i  o'  ta 

scrap 

min  im 

40 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


133.    Oral  Spelling. 

In  the  unaccented  prefix  con  and  its  modifications,  0  has  the  sound  as  in 
not.     Avoid  the  short  sound  of  u. 


col  lect' 
com  mand 
<com  mence 
com  mit 
com  pare 


com  plete' 
com  ply 
com  pose 
con  ceal 
con  cede 


con  ceit' 
con  cur 
con  demn 
con  dense 
con  nect 


con  sent' 
con  sign 
con  tain 
con  tent 
con  trol 


134.   Pronunciation. 


"Words  in  which  the  vowel  in  the  unaccented  syllable  is  silent.  These 
words  are  pronounced  in  one  syllable.  The  suffix  en  generally  has  the  e 
silent;  as,  tak'n. 


tak'  en 

sev'  en 

shov'  el 

ba'  sin 

wak  en 

glad  den 

shriv  el 

rai  sin 

shak  en 

heav  en 

wea  sel 

cous  in 

wov  en 

gar  den 

reck  on 

doz  en 

bright  en 

ov  en 

trea  son 

gold  en 

135.   Air  and  Water. 
Written  Exercise. 


Water  in  Motion. 


Air  in  Motion. 


o  cean 
riv'  er 
cas  cade 
cat'  a  ract 
show'  er 
foun'  tain 


fresh'  et 
bil  lows 
break  ers 
sur  ges 
whirl  pool 
tor  rent 


wind 

breeze 

squall 

storm 

gale 

blast 


whirl'  wind 
cy  clone 
tor  na'  do 
ty  phoori 
si  moom 
mon  soon 


136.   How  Verbs  are  made  from  other  Verbs. 


spit  sput'  ter  drip  drib'  ble 

pat  pat  ter  gripe  grap  pie 

gird  gir  die  daze  daz  zle 

set  set  tie  beat  bat  ter 

dab  dab  ble  gleam  glim  mer 


wade  wad7  die 

wring  wrench 

drink  drench 

roll  reel 

sniff  snuff 


FIRST   YEAR'S   WORK. 


41 


137.   Oral  Spelling. 

Be  careful  not  to  give  the  short  sound  of  i  instead  of  the  short  sound  of  8. 
The  suffix  ness  means  state  of  being  ;  less  means  without.  Define  each  word 
as  you  spell. 


ill'  ness 
lean  ness 
mean  ness 
sad  ness 
full  ness 


blame'  less 
peer  less 
sense  less 
taste  less 
soul  less 


aim'  less 
art  less 
rude  ness 
cause  less 
home  less 


close'  ness 
coarse  ness 
stain  less 
hope  less 
sweet  ness 


138.   Easy  Grammar  Lessons. 
Written  Exercise. 


Nouns  ending 

in  o  after  a  consonant, 

that  form  their 

plurals  by  adding  es. 

car '  go, 

car*  goes 

po  fa  to, 

po  ta'  toes 

ech  o, 

ech  oes 

mu  lat  to, 

mu  lat  toes 

he  ro, 

he  roes 

to  ma  to, 

to  ma  toes 

mot  to, 

mot  toes 

mos  qui  to, 

mos  qui  toes 

ne  gro, 

ne  groes 

buf 'fa  lo, 

buf  fa  loes 

aV  monds 
an  cho'  vies 
buck'  wheat 
cor'  clu  roy 
salt  pe  ter 


139.  Articles  of  Commerce. 

Written  Exercise. 

sas'  sa  fras  lea  th'  er 

sul'phur  va  nil'  la 

tap  i  o'  ca  feath'  ers 

pe  fro'  le  um      por'  ce  lain 
sar  sa  pa  riV  la  steam'  ship 


o  pi  um 
cham  pagne' 
lo  co  mo  fives 
cal'  i  co 
coch'  i  neal 


140.  "Written  Exercise  in  Given  Names. 

The  right-hand  column  has  the  abbreviated  name,  or  diminutive. 
Masculine.  Feminine. 

Mi'  chael,        or  Mike        Char'  lotte,   or  Lot'  tie 

El'  ea  nor,    or  Nell,  or  No'  ra 
Ar  a  bel'  la,  or  Bel'  la,  or  Belle 
E  liz'abeth,  or  Bet'  tie,  or  Liz'  zit 
Jo'  seph  ine,  or  Jo'  sie 


Na  than'  i  el,  or  Nat 

Sol'  o  mon,       or  Sol 

A'  bra  ham,     or  Abe 

I' saac,  or  Ike 


43 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


141.   Words  relating  to  Quantity. 


lump 

whole 

piece 

limb 

por'  tion 

heap 

to'  tal 

scrap 

scale 

sec  tion 

bulk 

bod  y 

whit 

bit 

frac  tion 

mass 

sta  pie 

crumb 

slice 

splin  ter 

sum 

u  ni  ty 

twig 

slip 

sliv  er 

gross 

a  mount 

sprig 

splint 

shav  ing 

142. 

Words  relating  to  Land. 

Oral  Exercise. 

earth 

cape 

wastes 

11a'  nos 

del'  ta 

ground 

crag 

plains 

moor  land 

is  land 

beach 

rock 

downs 

mead  ow 

o'  a  sis 

strand 

peak 

steppes 

heath  er 

isth'  mus 

coast 

soil 

pam'  pas 

pas  ture 

moun'  tain 

shore 

isle 

prai  ries 

wood  land 

con'  ti  nent 

143.   Geographical  Spelling. 

Written,  Exercise. 


Wis  con'  sin, 
North  Car  o  U 
Al  a  ba  ma, 
New  Jer  sey, 
Tex  as, 

Mis  sis  sip' pi, 
Lou  i  si  a'  na, 
Maine, 

South  Car  o  li' 
Ma'  ry  land, 
Cal  ifor'  ni  a, 
Con  nect'  i  cut, 
In  di  an'  a, 


na, 


na, 


Wis. 

N.  C. 

Ala. 

N.J. 

Tex. 

Miss. 

La. 

Me. 

S.  C. 

Md. 

Cal. 

Conn. 

Ind. 


West  Vir  gin  i  a, 
Ver  mont', 
Kan  sas, 
Rhode  Is'  land, 
New  Hamp  shire, 
Ar  kan  sas, 
Ne  bras'  ka, 
Or'  e  gon, 
Flor'  i  da, 
Del'  a  ware, 
Ne  va!  da, 
Mis  sou  ri, 
Min  ne  so'  ta, 


W.  Va. 

rt. 

Kan. 
R.I. 
N.H. 

Ark. 

Neb. 

Or. 

Fla. 

Bel. 

Nev. 

Mo. 

Minn. 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


43 


144.   Monthly  Review. 


satch'  el 

full'  ness 

coax'  ing 

bought 

scoun'drel 

soul'  less 

fid'  get 

caught 

mourn'  eth 

coarse'  ness 

broth'  er 

taught 

pray'  est 

sense'  less 

tus'  sle 

fought 

cleans'  est 

mot'  toes 

co  los'sal 

thought 

ca  tarrh' 

car'  goes 

e  nor'  mous 

halve 

ba  zaar' 

bris'  ties 

gi  gan'  tic 

graze 

a  skance' 

leath'  er 

tor  na'  do 

thieve 

ga  zette' 

med'  al 

ty  phoon' 

scrap 

im  mense' 

pas'  ture 

hur'  ri  cane 

squall 

con  ceit' 

is  th'  mus 

mu  lat'  toes 

gnash 

con  dense 

heath'  er 

mos  qui'  toes 

switc} 

con  sign' 

prai'  ries 

lo  co  mo'  tives 

plaid 

EIGHTH    MONTH. 

145.  "Written  Exercise  in  Derivation. 

Words  having  i  before  e :  ie  =  e.     Write  out  in  full  on  slates  or  paper 
the  derivatives  formed  by  adding  the  given  suffixes. 

Noun. 

re  lief 
re  triev'  al 
re  prieve 
he  lief 
re  view 


Verb. 

Part. 

p.p. 

Verb. 

Part. 

p.p. 

grieve 

-ing 

-eel 

re  lieve' 

-ing 

-ed, 

shriek 

-ing 

-ed 

re  trieve 

-ing 

-ed, 

piece 

-ing 

-ed 

re  prieve 

-ing 

-ed, 

view 

-ing 

-ed 

be  lieve 

-ing 

-ed, 

pierce 

-ing 

^d 

re  view 

-ing 

-ed, 

chief 

field 

wield 

lief 

liege 


146.   Oral  Spelling. 
Words  havina;  i  before  e :  ie  =  §. 


niece 

fiend 

siege 

tier 

bier 


fierce 

lien 

tierce 

priest 

pier 


priest'  ly 
priest  ess 
chief  tain 
bre  vier' 
griev'  ous 


piece'  work 
piece  meal 
view  less 
priest  hood 
brief  less 


44 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


147.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  silent  w  before  r.     Try  to  use  each  of  these  words  correctly 
in  a  sentence. 


wrap 

wreath 

wrong 

wring 

writ 

wrath 

wrench 

wreak 

wran'  gle 

wry 

wreck 

wrist 

wrin'  kle 

wrest 

wretch'  ed 

wretch 

writhe 

wrist  band 

wres'  tie 

wrin  kly 

wren 

write 

wrist  let 

wrath  ful 

wrong'  ful  ly 

Verb. 

seize, 
re  ceive ', 
de  ceive, 
per  ceive, 
re  ceipt, 


148.   Written  Spelling. 

Words  having  e  before  i :  ei 


e. 


Part. 

seiz  ing, 
re  ceiv  ing, 
de  ceiv  ing, 
per  ceiv  ing, 
re  ceipt  ing, 


Noun. 


set  zure 
re  cep  tion 
de  cep  lion 
per  cep  tion 
re  ceipt! 


ei'  ther 
nei  ther 
de  ceit' 
per  ceived 
re  ceipt'  ed 


149.   Articles  in  a  Hard-ware  Store. 

A  lesson  for  boys. 


awls 

knobs                  gaug' es 

wrench'  es 

bits 

planes                  bev  els 

riv  ets 

butts 

screws                  chis  els 

scis  sors 

nails 

scythes                 fau  cets 

hand  saws 

scales 

spades                  trow  els 

com'  pass  es 

150.   Mountain  Ranges. 

Written  Exercise, 

Rock'  y 

Al'  le  gha  ny 

Si  er' 

'  ra   Ne  va'  da 

An  des 

Pyr  e  nees 

Si  er' 

'  ra   Ma  dre 

Alps 

Ap  en  nines 

Him 

a  la  ya 

Al'  tai 

Bal'  kan 

Can' 

ca  sus 

At'  las 

Cor  diV  ler  as 

Kuen-Lun' 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 

151.  Written  Exercise. 

Words  having  silent  b. 


45 


climb, 

climb'  ing, 

climbed 

bomb'  shell 

comb, 

comb  ing, 

combed 

tomb'  stone 

thumb, 

thumb  ing, 

thumbed 

dumb  ness 

be  numb', 

be  numb'  ing, 

be  numbed' 

mimb  ness 

debt, 

debt!  or, 

152. 

in  debt!  ed 
Proper  Nouns. 

plumb  er 

Oral  Exercise, 

Aa'  ron 

Her'  bert 

A' da 

Co'ra 

Em'ily 

Cal  vin 

Jes  se 

Ann 

E  va 

Em  ma 

Den  nis 

No  ah 

An'na 

Eve 

Elo  ra 

Ed  mund 

Eo  land 

An  nie 

Eaith 

I  re'  ne 

E  li'  sha 

Si  las 

Anne 

Hope 

Maud 

153.  A  Lesson  for  Boys. 

Written  Exercise. 

Terms  used  by  Carpenters  and  Masons. 


gauge 

bev'  el 

sleep  ers 

clap  boards 

gouge 

chamfer 

stud  ding 

hearth  stones 

joist 

dove  tail 

cor  nice 

mo  I  ding 

laths 

mor  Use 

ga  ble 

shy  light 

shin'  gles 

man  tel 

pan  el 

ridge  pole 

stuc  CO 

scant  ling 

gav  el 

door  sills 

154.   A  Tough  Enough  Lesson. 

Ph  and  gh  =  the  sound  of  f. 


phrase 

cough 

neph'  ew 

sul'  phur 

phiz 

trough 

pam  phlet 

tri  umph 

sphere 

rough 

proph  et 

ser  aph 

phlegm 

laugh 

cam  phor 

graph  ic 

sphinx 

ci'  pher 

mor  phine 

tel'  e  graph 

nymph 

phys  ic 

cam'  phene 

au  to  graph 

4(3 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


155.  Words  often  misspelt. 
Words  having  silent  g,  k,  and  gh. 


gnaw 

knell 

fight 

though 

gnawed 

knack 

might 

dough 

gnarl 

knead 

flight 

weight 

gnarled 

knee 

blight 

bough 

gnash 

knout 

fright 

slough 

gnat 

sigh 

wight 

drought 

gneiss 

nigh 

eight 

through 

know 

high 

fraught 

freight 

knave 

thigh 

aught 

straight 

knoll 

sight 

ought 

knuck'  le 

knob 

bight 

naught 

naugh  ty 

knit 

height 

sought 

knowl  edge 

knight 

light 

taught 

neigh  bor 

knife 

tight 

bought 

thor  ough 

kneel 

right 

thought 

daugh  ter 

knot 

bright 

wrought 

spright  ly 

knock 

dight 

nought 

slaugh  ter 

knew 

gnome 

brought 

haugh  ty 

156.  "Written  Exercise. 

Words  having  silent  letters.     In  the  first  three  columns,  the  words  have  1 
silent ;  in  the  fourth  column,  silent  n  final ;  in  the  fifth,  silent  ue  final. 


half 

calk 

psalms 

hymn 

brogue 

calf 

alms 

qualms 

kiln 

league 

walk 

calms 

folks 

limn 

plague 

chalk 

b alms 

could 

damn 

vogue 

talk 

palms 

would 

sol'  emn 

vague 

stalk 

fal'  con 

calves 

col'  umn 

mosque 

balk 

halves 

should 

con  demn 

tongue 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


47 


157.   Words  hard  to  pronounce. 
Oral  Exercise. 

Words  having  wh.  with  the  full  aspirate  sound. 


wharf 

whit 

whee'  die 

wharf  age 

what 

whiff 

wher  ry 

where  a  bouts' 

whack 

whine 

whirl  ing 

where'  fore 

when 

whim 

whir  ring 

when  ev'  er 

where 

whip 

whirl  pool 

wher  ev'  er 

wheel 

whisk 

whip  stock 

where  with' 

whew 

whiz 

whip  lash 

where  by' 

whist 

why 

whirl  wind 

where  in' 

wheeze 

which 

whirl  i  gig 

white'  wash 

whelp 

whit'  tie 

whip  ster 

whet'  stone 

whence 

whis  tie 

whin  ny 

whim'  si  cal 

wheat 

whif  fle 

whin  ing 

whif  fet 

while 

whim  per 

whisk  er 

whip'  ping 

white 

whis  ky 

wheth  er 

what  ev'  er 

158. 

Terms  relating 

to  Light  and  Darkness. 

sun 

day'  light 

night 

moon'  less 

day 

sun  light 

dusk 

beam  less 

blaze 

sun  shine 

gloom 

ray  less 

glare 

moon  light 

shade 

dark  some 

flare 

moon  shine 

dawn 

som  ber 

glow 

star  light 

haze 

murk  y 

sun'ny 

noon  tide 

dim 

dusk  y 

bril'  liant 

noon  day 

dull 

tur  bid 

flash  ing 

light  ning 

faint 

%gy 

daz  zling 

lus  ter 

mist'  y 

Styg'  i  an 

bur  nished 

bright  ness 

cloud  y 

E  gyp'  tian 

lu'  mi  nous 

glim  mer 

lu  rid 

mid'  night 

spark'  ling 

glit  ter 

sun  less 

neb'  u  lous 

twink  ling 

ra'  di  ance 

star  less 

ob  scure' 

48 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


The  final  e 
some  cases  it 
and  ment. 

wide 

lodge 

lose 

brute 

dye 

loose 

due 

true 

whole 

awe 

woe 


159.   Orthography  and  Etymology. 

is  generally  dropped  before  a  suffix  beginning  with  a  vowel.     In 
is  dropped  before  a  suffix  beginning  with  a  consonant,  as  ful,  ly, 


wid'  en 
lodged 
los  er 
brut  ish 
dj  er 
loos  er 
du  ly 
tru  ly 
whol  ly 
aw  ful 
wo  ful 


sale 

blame 

gape 

rate 

move 

cure 

sue 

love 

white 

nurse 


ar  gue 


sal'  a  ble 
blam  a  ble 
gap  ing 
rat  a  ble 
mov  a  ble 
cur  a  ble 
sued 
lov  a  ble 
whit  ish 
nurs  ling 
ar  gu  ment 


160.   Names  of  Distinguished  Americans. 


Daniel  Webster, 
Henry  Clay, 
John  C.  Calhoun, 
Thomas  Jefferson, 
Andrew  Jackson, 
Abraham  Lincoln, 


Orator  and  Statesman. 
Orator  and  Statesman. 
Orator  and  Statesman. 
President  and  Statesman. 
President  and  General. 
President  and  Statesman. 


William  Cullen  Bryant,  Poet  and  Editor. 

Henry  W.  Longfellow,  Poet. 

John  G.  Whittier,  Poet. 

William  H.  Prescott,  Historian. 

Ralph  Waldo  Emerson,  Poet  and  Essayist, 

Samuel  F.  B.  Morse,  Inventor. 

Robert  Fulton,  Inventor. 

Eli  Whitney,  Inventor. 

Horace  Greeley,  Editor. 

William  H.  Seward,  Statesman. 


FIRST   YEAR'S   WORK. 


49 


161.   Quarterly  Review. 

griev'  ing 

sei'  zure 

knowl'  edge 

siege 

piee'  ing 

con  ceit' 

knuck'  le 

niece 

re  trieve' 

Gan'  ges 

naugh'  ty 

sieve 

be  lieve' 

climb'  ing 

daugh'  ter 

brief 

re  view' 

dumb'  ness 

thor'  ough 

view 

pierc'  ing 

numb'  ness 

spright'  ly 

seize 

shield7  ed 

tomb'  stone 

brooch'  es 

knobs 

priest'  hood 

lamb'  skin 

sap'  phires 

scythes 

griev'  ous 

sky'  light 

ear'  rings 

screws 

piece'  meal 

clap'  boards 

cor'  al 

thumbs 

fierce'  ness 

ridge'  pole 

ru'  bies 

debt 

friend'  ship 

stud'  ding 

con  demn' 

comb 

a  chieve' 

shin'  gles 

col'  umn 

gauge 

wretch'  ed 

neph'  ew 

sol'  emn 

gouge 

wres'  tie 

pam'  phlet 

wea'  sel 

phiz 

wrin'  kle 

or'  phan 

whip'  stock 

sphere 

wrig'  gle 

cam'  phene 

wharf  age 

nymph 

de  ceive'  , 

graph'  ic 

where'  fore 

gnaw 

per  ceive' 

ser'  aph 

whim'  per 

knack 

re  ceipt' 

phys'  ic 

whisk'  er 

wrought 

lu'  mi  nous 

whis'  tling 

dog'  ged 

field 

light'  ning 

bus'  tling 

rag'  ged 

Hef 

twink'  ling 

jos'  tling 

got'  ten 

whiz 

neb'  u  lous 

jog'  gling 

rid'  den 

wheeze 

ra'  di  ance 

loos'  er 

bless'  eth 

whelp 

sal'  a  ble 

brut'  ish 

pray'  eth 

whack 

blam'  a  ble 

mor'  tise 

lov'  edst 

caught 

mov'  a  ble 

cor'  nice 

mourn'  edst 

bought 

cur'  a  ble 

phon'  ic 

a  dieu' 

heard 

lov'  a  ble 

mot'  toes 

a  skew' 

ace 

judg'  ment 

leath'  er 

a  byss' 

gape 

lodg'  ment 

au'  to  graph 

trlob'  ule 

loose 

50 


SWINTON'S    WOED-BOOK. 


NINTH    MONTH. 

162.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  silent  t.     Often  is  pronounced,  not  of -fen,  but  off'n. 


of  ten 

chris'  ten 

wres'  tie        cas'  tie 

mort'  gage 

sof  ten 

lis  ten 

tres  tie          Christ  mas    chest  nut 

fas  ten 

bus  tie 

nes  tie          isth  mus 

hos  tier 

has  ten 

whis  tie 

hus  tie          a  pos'  tie 

bou  quet' 

chas  ten 

this  tie 

jos  tie           e  pis'  tie 

de'  pot 

163.  Written  Exercise. 

Words  with  tch. 

itch 

ditch 

hatch             clutch 

watch'  case 

witch 

pitch 

latch             Dutch 

satch  el 

switch 

stitch 

match            crotch 

stretch  er 

fiitch 

batch 

thatch            crotch'  et 

pitch  er 

twitch 

patch 

wretch           hatch  et 

pitchfork 

164.  Feminine  Names. 

Oral  Exercise. 

A'  de  line          Ger'  trade         Ma  til'  da 

Lou  i'  sa 

Be'  a  trice         Hen  n 

l  et'  ta      0  liv'  ia 

Vic  to'  ri  a 

Con'  stance        Is  a  bel'  la         Phce'  be 

Vi  o'  la 

Em'  e  line         Ja  net' 

Ea'  chel 

Vir  gin'  ia 

Ev'  e  line          Lyd'  i 

a             Stel'  la 

Ve  ron'  i  ca 

165.   Steamship  Advertisement. 

Written  Exercise. 

Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Co/s  Line.  To  California,  Japan, 
and  China,  and  to  Kingston  (Jamaica),  Aspinwall,  Panama, 
the  Pacific  Coast  of  Mexico,  Central  America,  Peru,  and 
Chile,  on  the  15th  and  30th  of  each  month  (or  the  day 
previous  when  these  days  fall  on  Sunday).  Tickets,  with 
staterooms,  for  steamer  China,  from  San  Francisco,  May  1, 
for  Japan  and  China,  also  issued. 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


51 


166.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  in  which  g  hefore  e,  i,  aiid  y  has  the  soft  sound,  like  j.     Except 
before  these  vowels,  it  has  the  hard  sound  as  in  got. 


gin 

gib'  bet 

ge'  nus 

gyp'  sum 

gi  gan'  tic 

gist 

gen  der 

gen  try 

gym  nast 

gil'  ly  flow  ei 

gibe 

gen  ius 

gin  ger 

gib  bet 

ge  om'  e  try 

gem 

gen  tie 

rig  id 

gen  tian 

ge  og  ra  phy 

gill 

gi  ant 

gypsy 

ges  ture 

ge  ol  o  gy 

167. 

"Written  Exercise  in  Verbs 

Verbs  which  do  not  have  an  additional  syllable  when  ed  is  added.  Remera. 
ber  that  final  consonants,  after  a  single  vowel,  are  doubled,  and  final  e  is 
dropped. 


Verb. 

Past  Tense. 

Verb. 

Past  Tense. 

Verb. 

Past  Tense 

throb, 

throbbed 

bar, 

barred 

rain, 

rained 

earn, 

earned 

cry, 

cried 

seize, 

seized 

pray, 

prayed 

dye, 

dyed 

tease, 

teased 

play, 

played 

lay, 

laid 

try, 

tried 

neigh, 

neighed 

PaiJ> 

paid 

sigh, 

sighed 

168.   Oral  Exercise. 

"Words  in  which  g  before  i  and  e  has  the  hard  sound  as  in  give. 


get 

gid'  dy 

giv'  en 

girl'  ish 

girl'  hood 

gift 

gib  bous 

gear  ing 

gir  die 

head  gear 

gig 

ging  ham 

get  ting 

giv  ing 

gird  er 

gilt 

gim  let 

gew  gaw 

gey  ser 

girt  line 

gills 

giz  zard 

geld  ing 

au  ger 

gig  gling 

169.  Articles  in  a  Store. 
Written  Exercise* 


coffee 

ci  gars' 

cod'  fish 
ben  zine 
nee  dies 


all'  spice 
whip  stocks 
can  dy 
wal  nuts 
rai  sins 


broad'  cloth 
al'  co  hoi 
choc  o  late 
cal  i  co 
crock  er  y 


sal  e  ra'  Ins 
in'  di  go 
co'  coa 

scythe  stones 
salt  pe'  ter 


52 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


170.  Written  Exercise  in  the  Past  Tense. 

The  suffix  ed  means  did.  When  it  is  added  to  some  regular  verbs,  the  e  is 
silent  and  the  d  is  sounded  like  t.  Arch-ed  is  pronounced  arckt.  Spell,  pro- 
nounce, and  define  the  past  tense  of  the  following  verbs.  Model :  "  asked, 
did  ask." 


ask 

dip 

nip 

pack 

switch 

thrash 

balk 

dress 

ditch 

preach 

snatch 

vex 

blush 

dock 

help 

place 

sketch 

walk 

blink 

fetch 

hack 

pass 

slake 

waltz 

brush 

flap 

hatch 

parse 

screech 

wince 

bleach 

fleece 

joke 

patch 

shriek 

wreak 

black 

froth 

knock 

piece 

squeak 

wreck 

bluff 

flinch 

kick 

quake 

sneak 

whisk 

cross 

glance 

laugh 

rock 

search 

wax 

cuff 

grace 

lick 

rush 

thatch 

whip 

cough 

grease 

plash 

race 

tuck 

yoke 

cease 

gape 

mix 

reap 

tax 

wish 

creak 

guess 

mass 

match 

bounce 

yelp 

h  silent. 

hour'  ly  ghost'  ly 

hon  est  shep  herd 

hon  or  rhu  barb 

heir  ess  ca  tarrh' 

rhymes  ex  hort 


171.   Oral  Spelling. 

Silent  h,  and  ch.  hard  and  soft. 
ch  like  k. 

chord  cha'  os 

chasm  chem  ist 

school  Chris  tian 

cho' rus  ech  o 

cho  ral  mon  arch 


ch  like  sh  (Fr.). 
cham  pagne' 
che  nille 
cha  rade 
cha  grin 
cha  teau 


answer, 

arithmetic, 

assistant, 

adverb, 

adjective, 


172.  Abbreviations. 
Written  Exercise, 

ans.  catholic, 

arith.  conjunction, 

asst.  definition, 

adv.  deputy, 

adj.  defendant, 


cath. 

conj. 

def 

dep. 

deft. 


FIRST   YEAR'S    WORK. 


53 


A 

173.   Oral  Spelling. 

9  —  Sh. 

8  =  Z. 

tt  =  sk.              tt  =  sk. 

st  =  sk. 

sug'ar 

vi'  sion 

ac'  tion        men'  tion 

man'  sion 

sure  ly 

pleas  ure 

fric  tion       mar  tiai 

pas  sion 

sur  er 

meas  ure 

auc  tion       pa  tient 

ses  sion 

as  sure' 

lei  sure 

can  tion       quo  tient 

ver  sion 

in  sure 

o  sier 

frac  tion      ra  tion 

mis  sion 

Sing. 

bath 


Sing.  Plur. 

mouth       mouths 


174.   Oral  Spelling. 

Nouns  which  have  th  soft  in  the  singular  and  hard  in  the  plural. 

Plur. 
baths 

lath        laths                 wreath  wreaths 

path       paths                sheath  sheaths 

cloth      cloths                oath  oaths 

moth      moths              truth  truths 


broad'  cloths 
dish  cloths 
foot  paths 
foot  baths 
neck  cloths 


175.  Common  Errors, 
In  many  parts  of  the  United  States. 


drown' ded  for  drowned 

en'  gine 

for 

en'  gine 

at  tack'  ted 

t( 

at  tacked 

jan  ders 

ec 

jaun  dice 

deef 

<C 

deaf 

stid  dy 

cc 

stead  y 

fust 

tt 

first 

yal  ler 

cc 

yel  low 

air 

tt 

are 

bust 

cc 

burst 

aim 

tt 

earn 

fahm 

c: 

farm 

put 

tt 

put 

crit'  ter 

cc 

crea'  ture 

unly 

tt 

only 

cuss 

cc 

curse 

gownd 

CC 

gown 

lee'  tie 

cc 

lit'  tie 

git 

tc 

get 

poot  y 

cc 

pret  ty 

huff 

cc 

hoof 

sar  cer 

cc 

sau  cer 

ile 

cc 

oil 

bile 

cc 

boil 

hen'  der 

CC 

hin'  der 

stomp 

cc 

stamp 

ketch 

tt 

catch 

thar 

cc 

there 

54  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

176.   Oral  Spelling. 

Words  which  have  d  silent.     After  d,  g  is  always  soft,  like  j. 


bridge 

bridg'  ing 

lodge 

lodg'  ings 

ledge 

dodge 

dodg  er 

lodge 

lodg  ment 

sedge 

sledge 

sledg  ing 

wedge 

wedged 

trudge 

dredge 

dredg  ing 

hedge 

hedg  ing 

budge 

edge 

edg  ing 

ridge 

hedge  hog 

fidg'  et 

fledge 

fledge  ling 

judge 

judg  ment 

cud  gel 

177.  Written  Exercise. 

"Words  meaning  to  join,  and  to  separate. 


tie 

gird 

yoke 

cut 

hew 

unfet'  ter 

knit 

chain 

nail 

cleave 

chop 

tin  latc/i' 

hitch 

pick'  et 

bolt 

rend 

slash 

un  lock 

lash 

teth  er 

clasp 

snap 

shiv  er 

un  screw 

splice 

har  ness 

riv  et 

break 

whit  tie 

un  pin 

178.    Words  denoting  Sounds. 
Oral  Mwercise. 

Er  added  to  these  words  means  an  animal  that. 


bark 

neigh 

coo 

chir'  rup 

screech 

bel'  low 

pur 

quack 

twit'  ter 

roar 

growl 

bleat 

cluck 

grunt 

buzz 

yelp 

low 

chirp 

bray 

hum 

bay 

caw 

fly 

croak 

squeal 

179. 

Written  Exercise. 

Given  Names  of  Persons. 

El'  lis 

1  sa'  iali 

A  man'  da 

En' 

nice 

E  noch 

Mil'  ton 

Bar'  ba  ra 

Jean 

E  than 

Si  mon 

Briclg'  et 

Jes'sie 

Her  man 

Ly  man 

Es  ther 

Le  o 

no'  ra 

Hu  bert 

Rog  er 

Eu  ge'  nia 

Mar 

'  i  on 

FIRST   YEAR'S   WORK.  55 

180.  "Written  Exercise. 

Words  pronounced  nearly  alike,  but  spelled  differently. 

aunt  Did  you  say  that  his  aunt  sat  down  on  an  #w£-hill 

ant  on  the  heath  ? 

Brit'  on  A  Briton  is  a  native  of  Great  Britain. 

Brit'  ain 

hire  If  farmers  hire  servants  in  summer,  they  have  to 

high.7  er  pay  them  higher  wages  than  in  winter. 

met7  al  A  metal  horse  cannot  be  called  a  horse  of  mettle. 

met'  tie 

prin'  ci  pal  The  principal  of  our  school  says  that  acting  on  hon- 

prin'  ci  pie  est  principles  should  be  one  of  the  principal  aims 

of  both  old  and  young. 

cap'  i  tal  In  Rome,  the  capital  of  Italy,  there  is  an  ancient 

cap'  i  tol  building  called  the  Capitol. 

181.  Oral  Spelling. 

Words  having  th.  as  in  their. 

those  blithe  thith'er  moth'er  north' ern 

theirs  scythe  with  er  fa  ther  south  em 

thine  loathe  weath  er  feath  er  far  thing 

thence  breathe  both  er  leath  er  fath  om 

that  with  oth  er  neth  er  with  stand' 

182.  Oral  Spelling. 
Words  in  which  c  sounds  like  k. 

scrub  scream  scale  scant' ling 

scud  screech  scarce  scant  y 

scrip  scrawl  score  scru  pie 

scum  scrape  scoff  scut  tie 

scull  scout  scratch  sculp  ture 

scamp  scoop  scrap  scat  ter 

scan  scare  scowl  scrip  ture 


56 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


TENTH    MONTH. 

183.  Written  Exercise. 

Exceptions  to  dropping  final  e.  Words  ending  in  ce  or  ge  do  not  drop  e 
when  the  suffix  begins  with  a  or  o,  because  c  and  g  have  the  hard  sound  before 
those  vowels. 

peace  a  die  singe, 

trace  a  ble  hinge, 

change  a  ble  shoe, 

charge  a  ble  hoe, 

service  a  ble  toe, 


peace, 
trace, 
change, 
charge, 


service. 


singe  mg 
King  ing 
shoe  ing 
hoe  ing 
toe  ing 


brace 

trace 

face 

lace 

grace 


ax 
plow 
stanch 
hight 
adz 
jail 
sir'  up 
si  ren 
wag  on 
hos  tier 
ci  gar* 
in  quire 
in  case 
dis  patch 


184.  Oral  Exercise. 

Sounds  of  C  and  S. 


cease 

lease 

grease 

crease 

hearse 


ran'  cid 
ac  id 
gro  cer 
de  cent 
cres  cent 


cen  sus 
scis  sors 
sen  tence 
cy  press 
cis  tern 


185.  Two 

axe 

plough 
staunch 
height 
adze 
gaol 
syr'up 
sy  ren 
wag  gon 
os  tier 
se  gar' 
en  quire 
en  case 
des  patch 


Ways  of  Spelling, 
de  fense' 
pre  tense 
of  fense 
ve  dette 
skill'  ful 
will'  ful 
dull  ness 
full  ness 
en  roll'  ment 
in  stall'  ment 
fnl  fill' 
en'  vel  ope 
gra/ish 
whis'  ky 


de  scent' 
re  source 
en  force 
re  course 
di  vorce 

de  fence' 
pre  tence 
of  fence 
vi  dette 
skil'  ful 
wil  ful 
dul  ness 
ful  ness 
en  rol'  ment 
in  stal'  ment 
fulfil 
en'  vel  op 
grey'  ish 
whis'  key 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK.  57 

186.  Words  often  confounded. 

Written  exercise,  to  be  dictated  bv  the  teacher. 

9  di'  tion  In  the  new  edition  of  that  book,  a  large  addition 

ad  di'  tion  has  been  made  to  the  first  part  of  it. 

ad  her'  ents  His  adherents  began  to  forsake  him  after  he  had 

ad  her'  ence         avowea  his  adherence  to  the  tenets  of  that  sect. 

af  feet'  People  that  affect  too  much  kindness  seldom  effect 

ef  feet7  much  in  the  way  of  favors.     . 

a  loud'  The  children  cried  aloud,  on  being  told  that  they 

al  lowed'  should  not  be  allowed  to  enter  the  orchard. 

as  sist'  ants  The  assistants  of  that  merchant  gave  him  but  little 

as  sist'  ance        assistance. 

at  tend'  ance  That  lady  receives  but  poor  attendance  from  all  her 

at  tend'  ants        attendants  and  retainers,  as  she  calls  them. 

ax  The  battle-aa?  performed  many  great  acts  in  the 

acts  hands  of  warriors  in  ancient  times. 

car'  rot  Carrot,  a  kind  of  root,  and  caret,  a  mark  used  for 

ca'  ret  interlining,  must  be  carefully  distinguished  from 

each  other, 

eel'  er  y  Celery  is  a  vegetable  seldom  seen  on  the  dinner- 
sal'  a  ry  table  of  a  person  with  a  small  salary. 

cen'  tn  ries  Two  centuries  ago,  more  sentries  kept  guard  about 
sen'  tries  this  castle  than  do  so  now. 

colo'  nel  The  colonel  of  the  regiment  cut  the  kernel  out  of  a 
ker'  nel  nut,  and  gave  it  to  our  little  boy. 

187.  "Words  often  confounded. 

con'  fi  dent  I  am  quite  confident  that  I  did  not  divulge 

con  fi  dant'  your  secret  to  my  most  intimate  confidant. 

cow'  ard  Such  a  coicard  is  not  even  fit  for  a  farmer's 

cow'  herd  cowherd. 

cor  re  spond'  ence  Your  correspondence  must   occupy   a   great 

cor  re  spond'  ents  amount  of  time,  if  you  write  often  to  each 

of  your  correspondents. 


58  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

de  cease'  Did  you  say  the  decease  of  your  friend  was  caused 

dis  ease'  by  a  lingering  disease  ? 

def'  er  ence     Deference  or  disrespect  toward  superiors  marks  out 
dif '  fer  ence        the  main  difference  between  polite  and  impolite 

persons. 
des'  ert  You  would  only  get  your  desert,  for  leaving  us  in 

de  serf  that  desert  place,  if  we  gave  you  no  dessert  after 

des  serf  dinner. 

dose  The  dose  of  medicine  has  made  you  doze  away  a 

doze  great  part  of  the  evening. 

e  hide'  That  thief  tried  to  elude  his  pursuers,  but  they 

il  hide'  illuded  and  seized  him. 

em'  i  grate      People  emigrate  from  one  country  and  immigrate 
im'  mi  grate       into  another. 

e  rap7  tion      An  eruption  on  the  skin  disfigured  many  of  his 
ir  rup'  tion  soldiers  when  he  made  his  first  irruption  into 

the  enemy's  country. 


188.  "Words  often  confounded. 

ex'  cept  Except  you  receive  this  small  gift  from  me,  I  will 

ac  cept'  not  accept  of  yours. 

ex  tent'  In  the  whole  extent  of  the  country  there  is  not 

ex  tant'  extant  a  finer  specimen  of  ancient  writing. 

fish'  er  Did  you  say  the  fisher  fixed  the  anchor  of  his  boat 

fis'  sure  in  a  fissure  of  a  rock  ? 

gam'  ble  Gamblers  gamble,  but  goats  frolic  or  gambol. 
gam'  bol 

gen'  ins  It  required  considerable  genius  to  divide  animals 

ge'  nns  into  the  orders  of  genus  and  species. 

ges'  tnre  Your  speech  and  foolish  gesture  would  make  people 

jest'  er  believe  that  you  were  a  low  jester. 

im  pos'  tnre  Imposture  does  not  often  remain  long  undetected, 

im  pos'  tor  although  the  impostor  is  well  skilled  in  the  arts 
of  deception. 


FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


59 


in  gen'  ious 
in  gen'  u  ous 

light'  ning 
light'  en  ing 
lin'  i  ment 
lin'  e  a  ment 


Besides  being  very  ingenious  in  mechanical  con- 
trivances, he  is  a  most  amiable  and  ingenuous 
companion  and  friend. 

Lightning  struck  the  mast  of  the  vessel  when 
they  were  engaged  in  lightening  its  burden. 

Liniment  may  heal  a  wound  on  the  face,  but  it 
will  not  alter  its  lineaments. 


189.   Oral  Spelling. 

"Words  pronounced  alike,  but  differing  in  meaning.     Try  to  use  each  word 
in  a  sentence,  to  show  the  correct  meaning. 


fur 

fir 

beet 

beat 

ale 

ail 

isle 

aisle 

gate 

gait 

sole 

soul 

lie 

lye 

hare 

hair 

tail 

tale 

ore 

oar 

hart 

heart 

veil 

vale 

our 

hour 

heel 

heal 

vain 

vein 

190.    Oral  Spelling. 

Words  pronounced  alike,  but  differing  in  meaning. 


tax        tacks 

pore 

pour               flour 

flow'  er 

too        two 

rain 

rein                 peace 

piece 

tow        toe 

right 

write               quire 

choir 

one        won 

rest 

wrest               bough        bow 

yew       ewe 

ring 

wring              core 

corps 

191.    Compound  "Words. 

Or  a 

l   Exercise. 

Without  hyphen  (permanent 

on'  set                 red'  breast 

compounds). 

moon'  light 

With  hyphen. 

witch'-ha  zel 

out  law 

fore  thought       ware  house 

world'-wide 

sun  beam 

mid  night 

cork  screw 

blue-eyed 

tooth  ache 

wel  come 

whole  sale 

seal-brown 

fore  noon 

draw  back 

wrist  band 

wa'  ter-tight 

aft'  er  noon 

cast' a  way 

horse  hair 

wind'-plant 

60 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


high'  way 
mid  day 
noon  tide 
tell  tale 
sun  set 
hear  say 
make-be  lieve 


192.   Compound  Words. 
Written  Exercise, 

marks'  man 


sea  man 
rain  bow 
rain-tight 
four1  foot  ed 
wide-a  wake' 
t/ior'  ough  bred 


sun  rise 
green  wood 
turn  coat 
stand  point 
spit  fire 
twofold 
short  cake 


close-fist  ed 
rear'  gua/d 
worm  wood 
two-tongued 
wedge-shaped 
safe  guard 
two-edged 


193.  Daily  Retail  Market  Report 

Written, 

50@60.     Onions,  ty  ft.         H@2.     Horseradish,  do.  10@15. 


Butter, 

Honey,  20@25.  Caulifl'rs,  each,     10@15. 

Eggs,  hens',  30@40.  Cabbages,  do.       12@20. 

do.    ducks',  35@45.  Celery,  *f  doz.      50@75. 

Lard,  f  ft.  18@20.  Radishes,  do.         20@25. 

Bacon,  18@25.  Artichokes,  do.  50@1.00. 


Mushrooms,  do. 
Okra,  ^  ft. 
Peppers,  do. 
Garlic,  do. 
Eschalots,  do. 


25@50. 
48@50. 
25@35. 
5@8. 
20@26. 


194.   Another  Market  Report. 

Written. 

Straw'ries,  ^  ft.   8@10.     Rabbits,  f- pair,  25@40.     Anchovies,  ^  ft.    5@6 


Cran'ries^gal.75@1.00.  Hare,         do.      20@30. 

Pineapples,  each,  50@7 5.  Squirrels,  do.      10@15. 

Chickens,     do.    50@75.  Oysters,^  100,   1.25@. 

Geese,  f- pr.,  2.00@3.00.  Mussels,     do.         25@. 

Turkey,  ^  ft.      22@25.  Smelts,  ^  ft.      10@12. 


Tomcod,  do.  15@20. 
Sturgeon,  do.  4@5. 
Shrimps,  do.  10@12. 
Porterh'se  st'k,20@25. 
Sirloin        do.  18@20. 


mea'  sles 
con  sump'  tion 
bron  chi'  tis 
dys'  en  ter  y 
e  ry  sip'  e  las 
diph  the'  ri  a 


195.   A  Hard  Lesson. 

Common   Diseases. 

whoop'  ing  cough 
scar'  let  fever 
ty'  phus  fe'  ver 
bil'  ious  fe'  ver 
chick'  en  pox 
small  pox 


neu'  ral  gi  a 
dys  pep'  si  a 
rheu'  ma  tism 
pa  ral'  y  sis 
scar  la  ti'  na 
pneu  mo'  ni  a 


FIRST   YEAR'S    WORK.  61 

196.   Geographical  Spelling. 

Written  Exercise* 

U'  tak,  Ut.  A  las'  ha,  Alas. 

Mon  to?  na,  Mont.  Ar  i  zo'  na,  Ariz. 

Col  o  ra'  do,  Col.  New  Mex'  i  co,  N.  M. 

Wash'  ing  ton,  Wash.  Oh  la  ho'  ma,  Okla. 

I'  da  ho,  Id.  In'  di  an  Ter  ri-  )    T       T 

Wy  o'ming,  Wyo.  to  ry,  j 

North  Da  ho'  la,  N.  Bah.  Bis  trict  of  )  n   n 

South  Da  ho'  ta,  S.  Bah.  Co  lum'  di  a,  ) 

197.   Names  of  Cities. 

Bir/mingham,Eng.  Mar  seiHes',  Fr.  Mos'  cow,  Eussia. 

Man'  ches  ter,  Eng.  Ly'ons,  Fr.  Con  stan  ti  no'  pie,  Turkej 

Shef  field,  Eng.       Bor  deaux',  Fr.  Na'  pies,  Italy. 

Glas'  gow,  Scot.       Ham'burg,  Ger.  Rome,  Italy. 

Dub'  lin,  Ireland.     Brem'  en,  Ger.  Ma  drid',  Spain. 

198.   Written  Exercise  in  Compounds. 

In  the  following  compound  words,  written  without  a  hyphen,  some  letters 
are  dropped.  See  if  you  can  tell  of  what  simple  words  the  compound  words 
are  made. 


al'  most 

aw' ful 

fd  Jill' 

al  read'  y 

a  I  ways 

careful 

Christ'  mas 

al  might  y 

al  so 

cupful 

spoonful 

al  be  it 

artful 

al  though' 

with  al' 

an  oth  er 

199.   Geographical  Spelling. 

Written  Exercise. 

Low'  ell,  Mass.  Read'  ing,  Penn.  Port'  land,  Me. 

Memphis,  Tenn.  Co  lum  bus,  0.  WW  ming  ton,  Bel. 

Cam  bridge,  Mass.  Pat'  er  son,  N.  J.  Law'  rence,  Mass. 

Hartford,  Conn.  To  le  do,  0.  In  di  an  ap  o  lis,  Ind. 

Scran  ton,  Penn.  Buy  ton,  0.  Kan  s as  Cit' y,  Mo. 

U'  ti  ca,  N.  Y.  Mo  bile',  Ala.  Charles'  town,  Mass. 


62 


SWINTON'S    WOB.D-BOOK. 


200.  Yearly  Review  Lessons. 

Lesson  I. 

Christ'  mas 

peace'  a  ble 

small'  pox 

wretch 

ehris'  ten 

trace' a  ble 

em  balm' 

asked 

mort'  gage 

tea'  ket  tie 

sta'  tion  er 

squeaked 

chest'  nut 

still'  ness 

ben'zine 

screeched 

isth'  mus 

gaunt'  lets 

sar'  dines 

thatched 

pitch'  fork 

mus'  sels 

in  still' 

knocked 

leath'  er 

stur'  geon 

ful  fill' 

bluffed 

head'  gear 

on'  ions 

judg'  ment 

swaths 

ging'  ham 

gawk'  y 

ca  tarrh' 

splice 

giz'  zard 

badg'  er 

bu'  reau 

quack 

cha  rade' 

mea'  sles 

good-by' 

squeal 

cha  grin' 

col'  ic 

gra'  tis 

throbbed 

pa  ral'  y  sis 

bil'  ious 

ho'  sier  y 

scrubbed 

Lesson  II. 

sug'  ar 

aw'ful 

tow'  el  ing 

scratched 

broad'  cloths 

al'  ways 

ot'to  mans 

crease 

hing'  ing 

al'  most 

whoop'  ing 

shriek 

ey'  ing 

bou  quet' 

Ste'  phen 

tweak 

hoe'  ing 

rou  tine' 

don'  keys 

twinge 

singe'  ing 

fau'  cets 

cas'  si  meres 

breadth 

charge'  a  ble 

cam  phene' 

di  ar  rhce'  a 

gibe 

schol'  ars 

sap'  phire 

jour'  neys 

siege 

fis'  sure 

sir'  loin 

heif  ers 

niece 

dai'  ly 

squir'  rel 

pup'  pies 

brief 

gai'  ters 

shep'  herd 

cup'  board 

scythes 

knuck'  les 

wheel'  wright 

rasp'  ber  ries 

gauge 

an'  kles 

prayer 

corn'  stalk 

freight 

FIRST    YEAR'S    WORK. 


63 


Lesson  III. 

re  ceipt' 

prai'  rie 

jui'  ci  ness 

sphere 

seiz'  ing 

pic'  nic 

la'  zi  ness 

nymph 

griev'  ous 

live'  long 

diz'  zi  ness 

knack 

rai'  sins 

guin'ea 

lieu  ten'  ant 

wrought 

mar'  riage 

skill'  fill 

fuss'  i  ness 

whiz 

col'  lege 

tor'  toise 

at  tor'  ney 

squeeze 

knowl'  edge 

dai'  ries 

ba  na'  nas 

whack 

bod'  ice 

ba'  bies 

cin'  na  mon 

snooze 

wel'  fare 

val'  leys 

mo  las'  ses 

gouge 

sei'  zure 

wrin'  kle 

leop'  ard 

psalm 

lei'  sure 

wretch'  ed 

os'  trich 

qualms 

weav'  er 

piece'  meal 

buz'  zard 

halves 

wee'  vil 

pierc'  ing 

pig'  eon 

tongue 

Lesson  IV. 

rac  coon' 

pam'  phlet 

crook'  neck 

waltz 

rein'  deer 

neph'  ew 

fish'  hook 

spruce 

arc'  tic 

or'  phan 

bam  boo' 

squash 

joy'  ous 

fore'  head 

ta  boo' 

piece 

loi'  ter 

pe'  o  ny 

co  coon' 

square 

rough'  en 

lark'  spur 

wrap'  per 

gape 

gym'  nast 

lu'  pine 

syn'  tax 

croup 

j  ok' ing 

ce'  dar 

syr'  inge 

swap 

spoon'  ful 

li'  lac 

ci'  pher 

buzz 

wide-a  wake' 

ped''  dler 

tough'  en 

yearn 

se  duce' 

can'  dies 

e  nough' 

hearth 

pro  fuse' 

tur'  nips 

un  couth' 

quiz 

seep'  ter 

los'  er 

mar'  ried 

hymn 

64 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


Lesson  V. 

dye'  wood 

swad'  die 

stud'  ied 

plough 

tres'  pass 

gor' 

geous 

frig' 

id 

quoit 

ral'  lied 

rou 

tine' 

bean 

'ty 

gnash 

bow'  sprit 

h/i 

son 

glad'  den 

slice 

Tues'  day 

con 

ceit' 

full' 

ness 

joist 

skat'  ing 

con 

dense' 

mot'  toes 

brooch 

scoun'  drel 

shriv'  el 

bris'  ties 

quaff 

Lou  i  si  a'  na 

U'tah 

Pyr' 

e  nees 

scourge 

Al  a  ba'  ma 

Geor'  gia 

Col( 

3  ra'  do 

witch'-ha  zel 

Ne  bras'  ka 

Tex' 

as 

Da  ko'  ta 

touffh'  en 

Ne  va'  da 

Maine 

Ar  i 

zo'na 

lat'i  tude 

Cal  t  for'  ni  a 

Ohi'o 

I'da 

ho 

Ion'  gi  tude 

Lesson  VI. 

A.  M. 

Dr. 

Dep. 

N.  H. 

P.M. 

Mr. 

Obt. 

N.  Y. 

B.C.. 

Cr. 

Pres. 

N.J. 

M.  C. 

No. 

Rep. 

N.  C. 

M.  D. 

Hon. 

Serv. 

N.  M. 

D.  D. 

Gov. 

Amt. 

S.  C. 

A.  D. 

Gen. 

Acct. 

D.  C. 

R.K 

Capt. 

Atty. 

H.  I. 

P.  0. 

Lieut. 

Mts. 

0. 

LL.  D. 

Col. 

ult. 

W.  Va. 

MS. 

Ed. 

inst. 

Mo. 

C.  0.  D. 

Maj. 

prox. 

Miss., 

M. 

Supt. 

P- 

Me. 

SECTION  II. 
SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


FIRST 

MONTH. 

1.  Written  Exercise. 

of  fin'  i  ty 

con'  tract 

con' fines 

dis  tern'  per 

con  san  guin!  i  ty 

col'  league 

lim'  its 

du'  ty 

an  i  mos'  i  ty 

part'  ner 

col'  ors 

ob  li  ga'  tion 

hos  til'  i  ty 

cure 

fag 

like 

a  gree'  ment 

rem'  e  dy 

dis  ease' 

love 

2.  Lesson  in  Distinguishing  "Words. 

Note.  —  In  this  lesson,  the  pairs  of  words  given  in  the  previous  lesson  are  distinguished 
in  application.    Let  the  teacher  give  out  the  word,  and  the  pupil  define. 


Affinity,  relation  by  marriage. 
Consanguinity,     relation     by 
blood. 

Animosity  between  individu- 
als. 

Hostility  between  nations  or 
states. 

Agreement,  a  verbal  arrange- 
ment. 
Contract,  a  written  agreement. 

Colleague,  an  associate  in  the 

same  office. 
Partner,    one   who    shares   in 

any  employment. 


65 


Cure,  to  be  effected. 
Remedy,  to  be  applied. 

Confines  of  a  country. 
Limits  of  a  town. 

Colors  of  a  regiment. 
Flag  of  a  ship. 

Disease  amongst  men. 
Distemper  amongst  brutes. 

Duty,  that  which  morality  re- 
quires to  be  done. 

Obligation,  that  which  grati- 
tude requires  to  be  done. 

We  like  tomatoes. 

We  love  our  sweethearts. 

E 


6Q 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


3.  A  Suffix  Lesson. 
Oral, 


Words  formed 

with  suffixes  which  mean  one  who,  one 

who  is,  or  one  wn» 

makes,  has,  practi 

ses,  or  belongs  tc 

>.     Define  as  you  spell. 

li'ar 

watch'  man 

Chris7  tian 

ed'  i  tor 

i  dler 

plough  man 

chief  tain 

re  port'  er 

ac  tor 

work  man 

lead  er 

trav'  el  er 

beg  gar 

trades  man 

tat  tier 

mur'  der  er 

serv  ant 

sales  man 

toil  er 

gen'  tie  man 

claim  ant 

milk  man 

squat  ter 

lum'  ber  man 

brag  gart 

sea  man 

med  dler 

boat'  man 

lag  gard 

sail  or 

ped  dler 

wheel'  wright 

slug  gard 

team  ster 

build  er 

ship'  wright 

dul  lard 

trick  ster 

drug  gist 

en  grav'  er 

loaf  er 

whip  ster 

art  ist 

ma  chin'  ist 

smok  er 

young  ster 

flo  rist 

mu  si'  cian 

swin  dler 

game  ster 

pi  a'  nist 

A  mer'  i  can 

for  ger 

song  ster 

bot'a  nist 

Span'  iard 

gam  bier 

wliis  tier 

of  fi  cer 

Bus'  sian 

swear  er 

wres  tier 

voy  a  ger 

I  tal'  ian 

4.  A  Prefix  Lesson. 

Oral. 

The  English  prefix  a  means  on  or  in.    When  not  accented,  it  has  the  sound 

of  a  in  grass. 

a  back' 

a  sleep' 

a  stern' 

a  loft' 

a  board 

a  top 

a  drift 

a  down 

a  side 

a  foot 

a  float 

a  stir 

a  fire 

a  head 

a  thirst 

ajar 

a  field 

a  ground 

a  midst 

a  light 

5.  A  Suffix  Lesson. 

Oral. 

Less  =  without :  ful  =  full. 

art'  less  art'  ful  care'  less 

joy  less  joy  ful  need  less 

law  less  law  ful  shame  less 

harm  less  harm  fu]  thought  less 

pit'i  less  pit'i  ful  hope  less 


care' ful 
need  ful 
shame  ful 
thought  ful 
hope  ful 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


67 


6.  Definitions  of  Time  "Words. 


tern'  po  ra  ry 
pri  or'  i  ty 
con  tern7  po  ra  ry 
fu  tur'  i  ty 
prim7  i  tive 
an  tiq'  ui  ty 
e  ter'  ni  ty 
chro  nom'  e  ter 
in'  ter  im 
chro  noF  o  gy 


.is. 


sue  cess  lve 

e'ra 


Lasting  for  a  limited  time  only. 
The  state  of  being  first  in  time. 
One  who  lives  at  the  same  time. 
Time  to  come. 

Belonging  to  the  earliest  times. 
Ancient  times. 

Duration  without  beginning  or  end. 
An  instrument  for  measuring  time. 
In  the  mean  time. 

The  science  of  computing  periods  of  time  ac- 
cording to  their  dates. 
One  after  another  in  the  order  of  time. 
A  period  of  time. 


7.  Doubling  the  Last  Letter. 


Rule.  —  Words  of  more  than  one  syllable,  having  the  accent  on  the  last, 
on  taking  a  sums,  double  the  last  consonant  when  it  follows  a  single  vowel. 
Words  accented  on  other  syllables  do  not  double  the  final  consonant. 


re  mit' 
com  mit 
ad  mit 
ac  quit 
per  mit 
com  pel 
re  pel 
ex  pel 
oc  cur 
con  cur 
re  fer 
a  bet 


re  mit'  tance 
com  mit  tal 
ad  mit  tance 
ac  quit  tal 
per  mit  test 
com  pel  leth 
re  pel  leth 
ex  pel  leth 
oc  cur  rence 
con  cur  rence 
re  fer  rer 
a  bet  tor 


re  mit'  ting 
com  mit  ting 
ad  mit  ting 
ac  quit  ting 
per  mit  ting 
com  pel  ling 
re  pel  ling 
ex  pel  ling 
oc  cur  ring 
con  cur  ring 
re  fer  ring 
a  bet  ting 


re  mit7  ted 
com  mit  ted 
ad  mit  ted 
ac  quit  ted 
per  mit  ted 
com  pelled 
re  pelled 
ex  pelled 
oc  curred 
con  curred 
re  ferred 
a  bet  ted 


68 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


8.  Two  Ways  of  Spelling. 

The  derivatives  of  the  following  words  accented  on  the  first  syllable  are 
spelled  in  two  ways.  Webster's  Dictionary  gives  the  preference  to  one  I ;  but 
in  England  the  final  /  is  doubled.     Double  /  is  less  used  in  this  country. 


trav'  el 

trav'  el  er 

trav'  el  ing 

trav'  eled 

rev  el 

rev  el  er 

rev  el  ing 

rev  eled 

dn  el 

du  el  ist 

du  el  ing 

du  el'  lo 

libel 

li  bel  er 

li  bel  ing 

li'  beled 

lev  el 

lev  el  er 

lev  el  ing 

lev  eled 

jew  el 

jew  el  er 

jew  el  ry 

jew  eled 

mod  el 

mod  el  er 

mod  el  ing 

mod  eled 

mar  vel 

mar  vel  er 

mar  vel  ing 

mar  veled 

e  qual 

e  qual  ly 

e  qual  ing 

e  qualed 

vict  ual 

vict  ual  er 

vict  ual  ing 

vict  ualed 

mar  shal 

mar  shal  er 

mar  shal  ing 

mar  shaled 

quar  rel 

quar  rel  eth. 

quar  rel  ing 

quar  reled 

9.  One  1  or  two. 


tram'  mel 
em  pan'  el 
en  am  el 
dis  hev  el 
can'  eel 
un  ken'  nel 
im  per  il 
un  rav  el 
ri'  val 
shov  el 
shriv  el 
la  bel 
pen  cil 
per  il 
tun  nel 


-ed  or 
-ed  or 
-ed  or 
-ed  or 
-ed  or 
-ed  or 
-ed  or 
-ed  or 
-ing  or 
-ing  or 
-ing  or 
-ing  or 
-ing  or 
-ing  or 
-ing  or 


-led. 

-led. 

-led. 

-led. 

-led. 

-led. 

-led. 

-led. 
-ling, 
-ling, 
-ling, 
-ling, 
-ling, 
-ling, 
-ling. 


tin'  sel 

-ed   or 

-led. 

pis  tol 

-ed   or 

-led. 

par  eel 

-ed   or 

-led. 

lau  rel 

-ed   or 

-led. 

bar  rel 

-ed   or 

-led. 

car  ol 

-ing  or 

-ling. 

cav  il 

-ing  or 

-ling. 

chis  el 

-ing  or 

-ling. 

coun  sel 

-or    or 

-lor. 

cudg  el 

-ing  or 

-ling. 

driv  el 

-ing  or 

-ling. 

grov  el 

-ing  or 

-ling. 

grav  el 

-ed   or 

-led. 

gam  bol 

-ed   or 

-led. 

tas  sel 

-ed   or 

-led. 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


69 


10.   Oral  Spelling. 

Things  which  bind  or  connect. 


thread 

thong 

cord7 

age 

las7  so 

fil  a  ment 

twine 

screw 

haws 

er 

latch  et 

lig  a  ment 

strings 

hinge 

tac  kle 

shac  kle 

lig  a  ture 

twist 

glue 

tra  ces 

mor  tar 

sur  cin  gle 

noose 

paste 

gird 

er 

stuc  CO 

fast  en  ing 

braid 

iron 

hal  ter 

cem  ent 

pack  thread 

11.  Latin  Words  in  Common  Use. 

sta7  tus 

= 

standing. 

max7  i  mum  = 

greatest. 

stra7  ta 

= 

layers. 

min7  i  mum    = 

smallest. 

da7ta 

= 

facts. 

ad  den'dum  = 

something  added. 

quo7  ta 

= 

share. 

in 

stan7  ter    = 

instantly. 

die'  turn 

= 

assertion. 

An 

'  gli  ce       = 

in  English. 

gra7  tis 

= 

free. 

vei 

ba7  tim     = 

word  for  word. 

er  ra7 ta 

= 

errors. 

lit 

er  a7  tim    = 

letter  for  letter. 

a'  li  as 

= 

otherwise. 

se 

ri  a7  tim     = 

in  regular  order. 

12.   How  Verbs  are  formed. 

The  English  prefix  en  means  to  make,  or  to  put  in.     It  also  means  in  o> 
info,  and  the  Latin  prefix  in  or  im  means  the  same. 


en  camp' 
en  dear 
en  a'  ble 
en  fee  ble 
en  no  ble 
en  rich' 
en  slave 
en  large 
en  act 
en  rage 
en  dan7  ger 
em  pow  er 
em  bod  y 
em  bold  en 


en  joy' 
en  cour7  age 
en  rap  ture 
en  ti  tie 
en  ven  om 
im  bit  ter 
em  bit  ter 
im  per  il 
im  pan  el 
em  bat  tie 
em  bo  som 
en  cir  cle 
en  kin  die 
en  fran  chise 


en  trap7 
en  twine 
en  fold 
en  force 
en  chain 
en  close 
in  close 
en  graft 
in  graft 
in  wrought 
in'  born 
in  crust7 
in  trust 
en  trust 


in  snare7 
em  balm 
en  join 
en  liv7  en 
en  list7 
en  tan7  gle 
en  roll7 
en  shrine 
en  tomb 
en  wrap 
im  plant 
im  part 
im  press 
im  pris7  on 


70 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


fig'  ure 
ci  pher 
sym  bol 
dig  it 
prod  uct 
fac  tor 


eclat 

depot 

bouquet 

entrepot 

sobriquet 

expose 

elite 

personnel 


13.   "Words  relating  to  Abstract  Number. 


nu'  mer  al 
mul  ti  pie 
div  i  dend 
dec  i  mal 
frac  tion  al 
in  te  gral 


ad  di'  tion 
sub  trac  tion 
di  vi'  sion 
re  due  tion 
no  ta  tion 
nu  mer  a'  tion 


al'  ge  bra 
reck  on  ing 
a  rith'  me  tic 
cal  cu  la'  tion 
com  pu  ta  tion 
mul  ti  pli  ca'  tion 


14.   French  "Words  in  Common  Use. 


(a  cla'), 
(de'  po), 
(boo  ka'), 
(aN  tre  po'), 
(so  bre  ka'), 
(ex  po  za'), 
(a  leet'), 
(per  son  nel'), 

15. 


brilliance, 
a  station, 
bunch  of  flowers, 
place  for  storing  goods, 
nickname. 

exposure,  exposition, 
the  flower,  the  chosen, 
personal  characteristics. 


Reversion. 


Negation. 

The  negative  prefix  dis,  joined  to  verbs,  means  off,  or  to  deprive  of,  or  id 
reverse  the  action  of  the  verb  ;  joined  to  adjectives,  it  means  not. 

Verbs.  Adjectives, 

dis  sev'  er  dis  used' 

dis  trust'  ed 


Verbs. 

dis  lodsre' 


dis  mount 
dis  place 
dis  own 
dis  band 
dis  arm 
dis  please 
dis  like 
dis  grace 
dis  a  gree' 
dis  in  ter 
dis  in  feet 
dis  o  bey 
dis  u  nite  ' 


dis  pir  it 
dis  cour  age 
dis  mem  ber 
dis  fig  ure 
dis  quiet 
dis  hon  or 
dis  heart  en 
dis  a  vow' 
dis  af  feet 
dis  cred'  it 
dis  trust' 
dis  con  tin'  ue 
dis  an  nul' 


dis  joined' 
dis  col'  ored 
dis  sat'  is  fled 
dis  in  clined' 
dis  en  chant'  ed 
dis  hon'  est 
dis  u  nit'  ed 
dis  a'  bled 
dis  closed' 
dis  mount' ed 
dis  sim'  i  lar 
dis  loy'  al 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


71 


ter  res'  tri  al 
ge  og'  ra  phy 
sub  ter  ra'  ne  an 
earth'  quake 
pla  teau' 
ter'  race 
lat'  i  tude 

ge  or  o  gy 

ter  ra'  que  ous 


16.   Relating  to  the  Earth. 
Oral  Exercise. 

Belonging  to  the  earth. 

A  description  of  the  earth. 

Lying  under  the  earth. 

A  convulsion  of  the  earth. 

An  elevated  plain. 

A  raised  bank  of  earth. 

Distance  on  the  earth  from  the  equator  to  the 

North  or  South  pole. 
The  science  which  treats  of  the  structure  of 

the  earth. 
Composed  of  land  and  water. 


17.   Negative  Prefixes. 


Joined  to  verbs, 

and  forming  oth 

er  verbs,  they  mean  off, 

or  to  deprive  oj 

or  they  reverse  the  action ;  joined  to 

adjectives,  they  mean  not. 

un  wind' 

for  bear' 

in  ac'  tive 

in  di  rect' 

un  bind 

for  bid 

in  con  stant 

in  com  plete 

un  fold 

fore  go 

in  form  al 

in  dis  creet 

un  furl 

fore  fend 

in  de  cent 

in  dis  tinct 

un  hinge 

for  swear 

im  prop  er 

in  sin  cere 

un  twine 

for  give 

im  pru  dent 

un  de  served 

un  seat 

for  get 

im  per  feet 

un  de  fined 

un  nerve 

for  sake 

im  pa  tient 

un  hon'  ored 

un  veil 

un  coil 

in  hu  man 

un  tu  tored 

un  say 

un  bar 

un  a  ble 

un  aid  ed 

an  lock 

un  hue'  kle 

un  sta  ble 

un  bought' 

un  make 

un  bur  den 

un  civ  il 

un  stead' y 

with  stand 

un  chain' 

un  luck  y 

un  done' 

with  draw 

un  clasp 

nei'  ther 

un  read 

with  hold 

un  do 

nev  er 

un  versed 

gain  say 

un  dress 

none 

un  kempt 

n 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


18.  Compound  Words. 
Written  without  a  hyphen. 


back' bite 
brow  beat 
way  lay 
fulfill' 
white7  wash 
home  spun 
fore  tell' 
side'  ways 
side  wise 
length  ways 
length  wise 
god  send 
god  like 
god  head 


down'  right 
up  right 
fort  night 
boat  man 
Christ  mas 
earth  quake 
some  times 
al  ways 
now  a  days 
oth  er  wise 
break  fast 
a' ny  how 
a'ny  where 
a'  ny  bod  y 


no'  where 
yes  ter  day 
o  ver  done 
un  der  done 
pick  pock  et 
peace  mak  er 
tale  bear  er 
ship  build  er 
black  smith 
wheel  wright 
there  a  bout 
more  o'  ver 
here  af  ter 
hence  for  ward 


thence'  forth 
hence  forth 
thence  for'ward 
hith'er  ward 
thith  er  ward 
nev  er  the  less' 
not  with  stand' irg 
aft/er  wards 
aft  er  clap 
aft  er  thought 
a  fore'  said 
al  to  geth'  er 
al  though' 
back  slide 


19.   Oral  Spelling. 


lob'  ster 

god'  fa  ther 

warmth 

fleece 

is  land 

step  moth  er 

sleet 

wain 

light  ning 

fa  ther-in-law 

loam 

hose 

thun  der 

son-in-law 

heath 

helm 

ad  der 

daugh  ter-in-law 

yew 

shire 

hor  net 

step-fa  ther 

elm 

folks 

bee  tie 

grooms'  man 

i'vy 

wren 

bus  tie 

bride  groom 

stock 

moth 

sad  die 

weath  er 

wart 

wasp 

bri  die 

sic'  kle 

roe 

sprout 

stir  rup 

knight 

stork 

flail 

hal  ter 

weap'  on 

snipe 

yoke 

fod  der 

wel  kin 

eel 

sleeve 

hon  ey 

bram  ble 

flea 

spear 

tal  low 

bios  som 

beak 

queen 

SECOND   YEAR'S    WOltK. 


73 


20.   Compound  Words. 

(With 

a  hyphen.) 

(Without.) 

cat'-tail 

spir'  it-stir  ring 

back  slide' 

truth-tell  er 

li  on-heart  ed 

bare'  faced 

all-see'  ing 

high-wrought 

bare'  head  ed 

moth'-eat  en 

a  ble-bod  ied 

black'  leg 

woe-be  gone 

so  ber-mind  ed 

black  guard 

well-bred 

o  ver-charged 

blame'  wor  thy 

ox-eyed 

blunt-wit  ted 

blun  der  buss 

but  ter-scotch 

half-wit  ted 

grey'  hound 

long-head  ed 

swal  low-tail 

bread  stuffs 

four-sid  ed 

air-tight 

hard  ware 

self- con  trol 

text-book 

bride  groom 

well-meant 

heav  en-born 
SECOND    MONTH. 

breast  plate 

21.  The  English  Prefix  be. 

The  prefix  be 

means  to  make.      It  is  called  intensive  because  it  makes 

stronger  the  meaning 

of  the  word  to  which  it  is  joined. 

It  makes  transitive 

verbs  out  of  intransitive  verbs. 

be  calm; 

be  friend'            be  stir' 

be  wail' 

be  cloud 

be 

grudge           be  take 

be  speak 

be  moan 

be  witch              be  lie 

be  fool 

be  dim 

be 

seem               be  numb 

be  daub 

befit 

be  think              be  grime 

be  rate 

be  fall 

be 

ware               be  stow 

be  smear 

22.  The  English  Prefixes  fore  and  mis. 

Fore  =  beforehand  or  before ;  mis  =  wrong  or  wrongly. 


fore  see' 

fore'  sail 

mis  call' 

mis  lay' 

fore  tell 

fore  deck 

mis  date 

mis  lead 

fore  warn 

fore  lock 

mis  chance 

mis  take 

fore  show 

fore  man 

mis  deal 

mis  print 

fore  stall 

fore  thought 

mis  spend 

mis  step 

fore  close 

fore  head 

mis  quote 

mis  deal 

n 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


23.  Nouns  meaning  state  of  being. 

The  English  suffixes  th,  hood,  dom,  ship,  ery,  and  ness  mean  state  of  being. 
With  the  suffix  ness,  about  thirteen  hundred  derivatives  are  formed. 


truth 

man'  hood 

false'  hood 

white'  ness 

strength 

worn  an  hood 

live  li  hood 

deaf  ness 

length 

child  hood 

like  li  hood 

bus  i  ness 

breadth 

ba  by  hood 

har  di  hood 

heav  i  ness 

width 

boy  hood 

friend  ship 

weight  i  ness 

health 

girl  hood 

heir  ship 

clean  li  ness 

youth 

wife  hood 

re  la'  tion  ship 

sau  ci  ness 

warmth 

moth  er  hood 

ap  pren  tice  ship 

la  zi  ness 

depth 

fa  ther  hood 

thrall  dom 

kind  ness 

height 

broth  er  hood 

serf  dom 

knight  hood 

wealth 

sis  ter  hood 

free  dom 

pro  fess'  or  ship 

sloth 

maid  en  hood 

wis  dom 

slavery 

stealth 

wid  ow  hood 

mar  tyr  dom 

tough  ness 

dearth 

bach  e  lor  hood 

Chris  ten  dom 

fierce  ness 

24.  Adjectives  meaning  having  the  quality  of. 

The  English  suffixes  ish,  ed,  some,  like,  en,  ly,  and  y,  mean  like,  or  having 
the  quality  of. 


slav'  ish 

wea'ri  some 

fiend'  like 

love'  ly 

clown  ish 

wor  ri  some 

la  dy  like 

wa  ter  y 

brack  ish 

met  tie  some 

life  like 

live  ly 

fool  ish 

ven  ture  some 

child  like 

sug  ar  y 

girl  ish 

,    trou  ble  some 

death  like 

death  ly 

child  ish 

med  die  some 

ghost  like 

ghost  ly 

fiend  ish 

whole  some 

god  like 

godly 

wretch  ed 

lone  some 

man  like 

man  ly 

dog  ged 

loath  some 

war  like 

sil  ver  y 

rag  ged 

toil  some 

ash  en 

clay  ey 

crook  ed 

tire  some 

flax  en 

silky 

learn  ed 

glad  some 

gold  en 

airy 

ug  li  est 

hand  some 

drunk  en 

moss  y 

might  i  est 

win  some 

silk  en 

jui  cy 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


75 


En 

beech'  en 
birch  en 
oak  en 
wood  en 
wool  en 
lead  en 
hemp  en 
wax  en 
earth  en 
oat  en 
wheat  en 
bra  zen 
brass  y 
inky 


25.  How  Adjectives  are  formed. 

is  often  used  in  contemptuous  epithets. 


made  of:  ish 

knave 

swine 

hog 

fool 

fiend 

thief 

shrew 

blithe 

hand 

tooth 

fore 

hind 

up'  per 

top 


knav'  ish 
swin  ish 
hog  gish 
fool  ish 
fiend  ish 
thiev  ish 
shrew  ish 
blithe  some 
hand  some 
tooth  some 
fore  most 
hind  most 
up  per  most 
top  most 


four  fourth 

five  fifth 

twelve  twelfth 

fifteen  fifteenth 

two  twen  ty 

south  south  ern 

north  north  ward 

west  west  ward 

east  east  er  lv 

stub  stub  born 

ten  ten  fold 

hate  hate  ful 

home  home  ward 

home  home  sick 


26.   How  Adverbs  are  formed. 


Rule.  —  Most  adverbs 
ings  of  adverbs  are  ways, 

no'  ble  no'  bly 

a  ble  a  bly 

four  fourth  ly 

five  fifth  ly 

fee  ble  fee  bly 

peace  peace  a  bly 

scarce  scarce  ly 

eas  y  eas  i  ly 

sin  gle  sin  gly 

dou  ble  dou  bly 

loose  loose  ly 

back  back  wards 

fore  for  wards 

sea  sea  ward 


are  formed  by  adding  ly  to  adjectives.     Other  end- 
wise,  wards,  and  ward. 

end         end'  ways  foul'  ly 

end         end  wise  gloom  i  ly 

cross       cross  ways  nois  i  ly 

cross       cross  wise  sleep  i  ly 

length     length  ways  bus  i  ly 

length     length  wise  right  ly 

side  ways  blithe  ly 

side  wise  might  i  lv 

edge  ways  strange  ly 

edge  wise  harsh  ly 

like  wise  hum  bly 

some  what  plain  ly 

aft'  er  wards  friend  ly 

down  ward  heav  i  ly 


1ol 

side 

side 

edge 

edge 

like 

some 

aft'  er 

down 


76 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


27.  A  Lesson  in  Derivation. 

Nouns  and  verbs  formed  by  suffixes  and  changes  in 


laugh 

slay 

spin 

thumb 

shoot 

wind 

shade 

shove 

hire 

steal 

dry 

dear 

weal 


laugh'  ter 
slaugh  ter 
spin  die 
thim  ble 
shut  tie 
win  dow 
shad  ow 
shov  el 
hire  ling 
stealth 
drought 
dearth 
wealth 


found7  ry 
smith  y 
nurs  er  y 
rook  er  y 
writ  ing 
draw  ing 
cleans  ing 
wed  ding 
paint  ing 
din  ner 
sup  per 
build  ing 
break  er 


anges  in 

spelling. 

crumb 

crum'  ble 

wry 

wrig  gle 

weak 

weak  en 

wade 

wad  die 

whim 

whim  per 

wave 

wa  ver 

soil 

sul  ly 

sway 

swag  ger 

spit 

sput  ter 

beat 

bat  ter 

heave 

heav  en 

burn 

bur  nish 

flow  er 

flour  ish 

28.   Diminutives. 
The  suffixes  ling,  ie,  y,  kin,  le,  let,  et,  and  ow,  mean  little. 


man 

man'  i  kin 

close 

clos'  et 

lamb'  kin 

goose 

gos  ling 

shade 

shad  ow 

lord  ling 

dear 

dar  ling 

mead 

mead  ow 

strip  ling 

pipe 

pip  kin 

pile 

pil  low 

year  ling 

hill 

hil  lock 

shoal 

shal  low 

duck  ling 

bull 

bul  lock 

hole 

hoi  low 

fledge  ling 

sack 

satch  el 

hack 

hatch  et 

found  ling 

nose 

noz  zle 

dame 

dam  sel 

first  ling 

seed 

seed  ling 

cat 

kit  ten 

suck  ling 

latch 

latch  et 

babe 

ba  by 

eye  let 

flow  er 

flow  er  et 

lass 

las  sie 

ring  let 

cask 

cas  ket 

lad 

lad  die 

stream  let 

creep 

crip  pie 

ball 

bul  let 

is  let 

cramp 

crum  pie 

riv'  er 

riv  u  let 

crotch  et 

home 

ham  let 

mall 

mal  let 

king  ling 

SECOND    YEAH'S    WORK. 


77 


29.  A  Lesson  in  distinguishing  "Words. 


Fault  in  his  conduct. 
De  feet'  in  his  education. 

Glo'  ry  to  the  Divine  Being. 
Hon'  or  to  great  and  good  men. 

Mux7  der  is  applied  to  men. 
Slaugh7  ter  is  applied  to  brutes 
and  men  in  large  numbers. 

Pros  per7  i  ty  results  from  good 

management. 
Good    for7  tune     arises    from 

chance. 


Vo  ca'  tion.    Regular  business. 

Av'  o  ca  tion.    Something  that 

calls  one  away  from  business. 

Great  man. 
Large  field. 

II  leg'  i  ble  because  indistinct, 

—  as  writing. 
Un  read7  a  ble  because  bad  or 

worthless,  —  as  a  book. 

Par7  tial  to  a  friend. 
De  vot7  ed  to  a  cause. 


30.  French  "Words  in  Common  Use. 

The  French  nasal  sound  of  n  is  denoted  by  the  letter  in  a  larger  type.    This 
sound  must  be  taught  by  the  teacher ;  it  cannot  be  represented  by  letters. 


resume 

protege* 

canaille 

connoisseur 

cuisine 

trousseau 

soiree 

crochet 

employe 

contretemps 

coterie 

abandon 

nonchalance 

rendezvous 


(ra  zu  ma'), 
(pro  ta  zha'), 
(ca  nal7), 
(con  nis  sur7), 
(kwe  zeen'), 
(troo  so'), 
(swa  ra'), 
(cro  sha.'), 
(em  ploi  a,'), 
(con  tre  ta?/), 
(co  te  ree'), 
(a  baN  doN'), 
(n6N  sha  laNs'), 
(ren'  de  voo), 


summing  up. 
one  protected, 
the  rabble. 
a  critic  in  art. 
a  kitchen, 
wedding  outfit, 
evening  party. 
to  knit  with  a  hook, 
one  employed. 
a  ludicrous  mishap, 
private  circle, 
freedom,  negligence, 
carelessness. 
place  of  meeting. 


78 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


31.    Words  relating  to  Mountains  and  Rivers. 


moun'  tain  ous 
moun  tain  eer' 
vol  ca'  no 
al'  pine 
riv'  n  let 
chan'  nel 
con'  flu  ence 
ba'  sin 
wa'  ter  shed 

hip  po  pot'  a  mus 


Full  of  mountains. 

An  inhabitant  of  a  mountain  country. 

A  mountain  sometimes  emitting  lava. 

Mountainous,  like  the  Alps. 

A  small  river. 

The  bed  of  a  river. 

The  junction  of  two  or  more  rivers. 

The  entire  tract  of  country  watered  by  a  river. 

A  range  of  high  land  from  which  rivers  flow 

in  different  directions. 
The  river  horse. 


32.   How  Words  are  formed. 

The  meaning  of  some  words  is  changed  by  a  change  of  accent,  or  by  a  slight 
variation  in  spelling. 


di7  vers 

di  verse7 

bal7  sam 

balm 

con  jure 

con  jure 

nigh  est 

next 

an  tic 
hu  man 

an  tique 
hu  mane 

po7  e  sy 
et'  i  quette 

po7sy 
tick/  et 

ur  ban 

ur  bane 

cro7  ny 

crone 

gen  tie 
cus  torn 

gen  teel 
cos'  tume 

corpse 
ghost7  ly 

corps 
ghast7  ] 

33.  Another  Lesson  in  Word  Formation. 


es'  say 

as  say' 

nour  ish 

nurse 

bios  som 

bloom 

tri  umph 

trump 

hap  pi ly 

hap7  ly 

shal  lop 

sloop 

sir'  up 

shrub 

per7  son 

par7  son 

can  cer 

can  ker 

zeal  ous 

jeal  ous 

con  sort 

con  cere 

shat  ter 

scat  ter 

chat  tel 

cat  tie 

poth  er 

both  er 

SECOND   YEAR'S   WORK. 


79 


34.  Latin  "Words  and  Phrases. 


per  df  em  =  by  the  day. 
per  an'  num  =  by  the  year. 
per  se'  =  by  itself. 

per  cen'  turn  =  by  the  hundred. 
per  cap1  i  ta  =  by  the  head. 
pro  ra!  ta       =  in  proportion. 


pro  et  con. 
pro  for'  ma 
pro  tern'  po  re 
post  mo/  tern 
post  scrip'  turn 
prfmafd'ci  e 


for  and  against, 
in  a  formal  way. 
for  the  time, 
after  death, 
written  after. 
on  the  face. 


35.  A  Lesson  in  distinguishing  "Words. 


Pret'  ty  cottage. 
Hand'  some  house. 
Splen'  did  mansion. 

Re  nowned'  in  history  for  great 
achievements. 

Cel'  e  brat  ed  for  his  good  ac- 
tions. 

No  to'  ri  ORS  for  his  bad  ac- 
tions. 

Vain  of  accomplishments. 
Prond  of  superiority. 


Choked  by  food. 
Snf '  fo  cat  ed  by  foul  air. 
Smoth'  ered  by  being  forcibly 
excluded  from  the  air. 

As  ton'  ished  at  what  is  great. 
Sur  prised'   at  what  is  unex- 
pected. 

We  diP  fer  about  a  matter. 
We  dis  pnte'  about  it  after  dif- 
fering. 
We  qnar7  rel  after  disputing. 


36.  French  "Words  and  Phrases. 

In  French  words  the  final  t  is  silent. 


debut 

(da  bii'), 

the  first  appearance. 

bon  mot 

(o6n'  mo), 

a  witty  saying,  —  a  pun 

on  dit 

(on  de'), 

a  rumor,  —  a  report. 

petit 

(pet'?), 

small,  as  a  petit  jury. 

ragout 

(ra  goo'), 

stewed  meats. 

corps 

(core), 

part  of  an  army. 

entre  nous 

(aN  tre  noo'), 

between  us. 

a  la  mode 

(al  a  mode), 

in  fashion. 

80 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


37.   Words  of  Difficult  Terminations. 


Accented  on  the  first  syllable. 


ag;  ate 

brit'  tie 

bil7  ious 

crim'  son 

an  gle 

bris  tie 

cab  in 

chis  el 

an  gel 

bur  den 

can  on 

cen  sure 

ac  tor 

big  ot 

cir  cle 

cot  ton 

a  ere 

bra  zen 

cam  el 

cred  it 

ar  dor 

bar  ren 

cas  tie 

cor  dial 

an  cient 

bea  con 

cas  tor 

cul  ture 

al  ien 

bee  kon 

cheap  en 

Chris  tian 

baffle 

but  ton 

clam  or 

con  science 

bun  die 

bra  zier 

era  ven 

cour  tier 

bar  rel 

bas  tion 

cot  tage 

con  scious 

bee  tie 

bril  liant 

char  ter 

cap  tious 

bush  el 

bul  lion 

chap  el 

cau  tious 

beg  gar 

blus  ter 

cac  kle 

cur  tain 

bar  ter 

bond  age 

can  eel 

cym  bal 

o'  cean 

lake 

a  quat'ic 

res'  er  voir 

ir'  ri  gate 

in  un  da'  tion 

stag  na'  tion 

aq'  ue  duct 

sluice 

hy  drom'  e  ter 


38.   Words  relating  to  Water. 

The  largest  division  of  water. 

Water  surrounded  by  land. 

Pertaining  to  water ;  as,  aquatic  animals. 

A  place  where  water  is  collected  and  kept  for  use. 

To  water  land  by  causing  a  stream  to  flow  over  it. 

An  overflow  of  water,  a  flood. 

The  state  of  water  or  other  fluid  being  without 

motion. 
A  structure  made  for  carrying  water  over  uneven 

ground. 
A  vent  for  water,  a  flood  gate. 
An  instrument  for  measuring  the  velocity,  force, 

etc.,  of  water  and  other  fluids. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


81 


39.   Old  British  "Words. 


Not*.  —  These  words  have  come 

down  to  us  from  the  Celtic  language 

,  spoken  i: 

British  Islands  before  the  German  tribes  who  laid  the  foundation  of  the  English  n 

went  to  Britain,  in  the  fifth  century 

A.D. 

bas'  ket              cab'  in 

bag 

crag 

paw 

both  er              pig  gin 

bald 

crock 

nod 

bar  rack             pil  low 

bard 

darn 

loop 

bog  gle              sol  der 

beak 

dale 

plaid 

bau  ble               tac  kle 

beast 

bran 

pour 

bon  fire              tank  ard 

bog 

bourn 

slab 

bat  ten               rash  er 

bug 

dirk 

sham 

but  ton              flan  nel 

brand 

glen 

squall 

era  die               hov  er 

clan 

gown 

toss 

dain  ty               min  now 

clog 

hog 

toll 

dan  druff           tar  ry 

cloy 

kiln 

tuck 

pi  broch             tin  gle 

coil 

jolt 

waist 

clay  more           wan  ton 

curd 

mug 

welt 

sham  rock          wick  et 

club 

lick 

wire 

40.  "Words  relating  to  Time. 

Written  Exercise. 


morn'  ing 

day'  break              re'  cent 

prompt'  ness 

e'  ven  ing 

nightfall               nov  el 

read  i  ness 

fore1  noon 

noon  dag                mod  em 

quick  ness 

twi  light 

mid  night               an  cient 

far  di  ness 

sun  rise 

noon  tide                an  lique1 

slow  ness 

sun  set 

curfew                 prim'  i  live 

41.  Names  of  Flowers. 
Written  Exercise. 

late  ness 

daf'fo  dil 

ca  meV  li  a 

cac'  tus 

mar'  i  gold 

pe  tu'  ni  a 

dah'  li  a 

hy'  a  cinth 

ver  be'  na 

fuch'  si  a 

coV  um  bine 

nas  tur'  tium 

ge  ra'  ni  um 

he'  li  o  trope 

car  na'  Hon 

mi  gnon  ette1 

sun' flow  er 

dan'  de  li  on 

giV  ly  flow  er 

82 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


THIRD    MONTH. 

42.   Changes  in  Words. 


sire 

sir 

brood 

brat 

sweep 

swoop 

suite 

suit 

hurl 

whirl 

wrest 

wrist 

launch 

lance 

school 

shoal 

gad 

goad 

weal 

wealth 

creak 

croak 

spike 

spoke 

phi'  al 

vi'al 

float 

fleet 

snake 

sneak 

thrice 

trice 

sleek 

slick 

deal 

dole 

chant 

cant 

shine 

sheen 

truth 

troth 

thrill 

trill 

pique 

pike 

quail 

quell 

price 

prize 

spear 

spire 

loose 

lose 

dyke 

ditch 

bliss 

bless 

tenth 

tithe 

heal 

whole 

hood 

hat 

shirt 

skirt 

milk 

milch 

e'vil 

ill 

swal'  low 

swill 

lace 

latch 

drop 

drip 

val  et 

var'  let 

stick 

stitch 

wag'  on 

wain 

bea  con 

beck  on 

43.  Words  of  French  Origin. 

Written  Exercise, 

har'ass 

meoV  ley 

pup'  pet 

re  view1 

haz  ard 

me  ni  al 

pur  port 

re 

fresh 

haugh  ty 

i 

mes  sage 

pur  pose 

re 

mark 

hum  ble 

mis  chief 

quit  tana 

» 

re 

lease 

hei  nous 

man  age 

rap  id 

re 

peat 

in  voice 

nur  ture 

rab  ble 

re 

sort 

is  sue 

nour  ish 

ram  part 

re 

suit 

jan  gle 

prof  it 

ran  som 

re 

volt 

jar  gon 

proffer 

res  pite 

re 

trench 

lev  y 

pam  per 

ral  ly 

re 

treat 

lit  ter 

pilfer 

rea  son 

re 

trieve 

lei  sure 

peas  ant 

rev  el 

re 

gard 

league 

pleas  ant 

rel  ish 

re 

ward 

main  tain1 

poig  nant 

re  but' 

re 

buff 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


'    83 


44.  Words  relating  to  the  Horse. 

e  ones'  tri  an  Pertaining  to  horses  or  horsemanship ;  as  eques- 
trian feats. 

e'quine  Belonging   to    the   horse   tribe;    as   the   equine 

species. 

far'  ri  er  One  who  shoes  horses ;  one  who  cures  the  dis- 

eases of  horses. 

jock7  ey  One  who  rides  a  horse  in  a  race ;  a  horse  dealer. 

steed  A  horse  for  parade  or  war ;  a  poetical  name  for  a 

horse. 

team  Two  or  more  horses  yoked  together. 

Bu  ceph'  a  lus  The   famous  horse   of  Alexander  the   Great ;  so 

named  because  its  head  resembled  that  of  an 
ox. 

hob  by-horse     A  wooden  horse  on  which  children  ride. 

cav  al  cade'      A  procession  on  horseback. 

hip'  po  drome   A  course  for  horse  races. 


45.   "Words 

of  French  Origin. 

Written   Exercise, 

saV  ly 

trea.  ty 

arf  mor 

ar  rest1 

sea  son 

toe  sin 

ban  ner 

as  size 

surfeit 

trem  ble 

bar  on 

es  tate 

sur  vey 

trou  ble 

buck  ler 

es  quire 

sup  pie 

um  pire 

dow  er 

as  sault 

sav  age 

um  brage 

cur  few 

for1  est 

sum  mer 

vague 

her  aid 

horn  age 

stran  ger 

val  or 

en  voy 

trum  pet 

tal  ly 

va  cant 

jus  tice 

ten  ant 

tin  sel 

val  ue 

sen  tence 

vas  sal 

ten  der 

val  iant 

stat  ute 

voy  age 

tor  ment 

van  quish 

sure  ty 

war  den 

trea  son 

va  grant 

coup  le 

quar  ry 

tran  quit 

ven  geance 

cov  ert 

ven'  i  son 

84 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


Bi'  ble 

Pen'  ta  teuch 
al'  bum 
di'  a  ry 
oc  ta'  vo 

quar'  to 
fo'  li  o 

Ko'  ran 
li'  bra  ry 
book  worm 


46.  Words  relating  to  Books. 

The  Book,  by  way  of  eminence. 

The  first  five  books  of  the  Bible. 

A  book  for  inserting  autographs  or  photographs. 

A  book  containing  everyday  events. 

A  book  in  which  a  sheet   is  folded  into  eight 

leaves. 
A  book  in  which  a  sheet  is  folded  into  four  leaves. 
A  book  of  the  largest  size,  formed  by  once  folding 

a  sheet. 
The  Mohammedan's  book  of  faith,  or  his  Bible. 
A  collection  of  books. 
A  name  sometimes  given  to  a  person  who  is  very 

fond  of  books. 


47.  Partially  Anglicized  French  "Words. 

Note.  —  Some  of  these  words  are  fully  Anglicized  in  pronunciation ;  others  retain  the 
French  spelling  and  accent.    The  teacher  must  give  to  the  class  the  correct  pronunciation. 


clique 
brusque 
blonde 
forte 
role 
bla  se; 
pas  se 
rou  e 
cou  pe 
ou  tre 
me  lee 
en  tree 
va  lise 
sa  vant 


ca  nard' 
re  gime 
de  tour 
cro  chet 
cro  quet 
chi  cane 
cha  grin 
pla  teau 
de  bris 
des  sert 
hau  teur 
fi  nesse 
cor  tege 
mi  rage 


pres'  tige 
prai  rie 
bu  reau 
de  pot 
fra  cas 
chi  gnon 
pick  et 
foi  ble 
biv  ouac 
et  i  quette 
om  e  let 
par  ve  nu 
bad  i  nage 
mil'  lion  aire' 


qua  drille' 
bru  nette 
co  quette 
vi  gnette 
gri  mace 
che  mise 
ro  sette 
phy  sique 
par  quette 
ta'  pis 
pat  ois' 
gla'  cier 
per  son  nel' 
es  cri  toire 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


85 


48.   Words  derived  from  Various  Languages. 


Hebrew. 

Persian. 

Hindoo. 

Chinese. 

sab'  bath 

az7  ure 

loot 

tea 

ser  aph 

tur  ban 

chintz 

junk 

a  men' 

li  lac 

coo'  lie 

chi/  na 

ju7  bi  lee 

der  vish 

jun  gle 

sat  in 

ho  san7  na 

chess 

mus  lin 

hy  son 

hal  le  hi7  jah 

car7  a  van 

sug  ar 

bo  hea7 

le  vi'  a  than 

jas  mine 

tod  dy 

sou  chong 

shib7  bo  leth 

ba  zaar7 

cal  i  co 

nan  keen 

49.  From  the  American  Indian  Languages. 


Indian  Names. 

maize 

gua7  no 

Mis  sis  sip'  pi 

Ohi7o 

squaw 

ca  tal7  pa 

Mas  sa  chu  setts 

Da  ko  ta 

skunk 

to  ma  to 

Yo  sem7  i  te 

Mei/  ri  mac 

sa7  chem 

horn7  i  ny 

Ni  ag  a  ra 

Min  ne  so7  ta 

wig  warn 

choc  o  late 

On  ta  ri  o 

0  ri  no  co 

warn  pum 

moc  ca  sin 

Am'  a  zon 

Sar7  a  nac 

pa  poose7 

torn  a  hawk 

Con  nect7  i  cut 

Ten  nes  see7 

to  bac7  co 

tap  i  o7  ca 

Mis  sou  ri 

Ken  ne  bee 

pi  az7za 
pro  vi  so 
re  gat  ta 
si  roc  co 
vol  ca  no 
um  brel  la 
so  pra  no 
sti  let  to 
fl  as  co 
ven  det  ta 
dom7  i  no 
stuc  co 


50.   Words  from  the  Italian. 

mac  a  ro7  ni 
laz  za  ro  ni 
ver  mi  eel  li 
man  i  fes  to 
mez7  zo  tint 
mot  to 
grot  to 
stan  za 
dit  to 
la  va 
can  to 
gus  to 


im  brogl7  io 
in  flu  en7  za 
ma  la7  ri  a 
fres7  co 
so  lo 
al  to 
has  so 
op7  er  a 
cu  po  la 
stu  di  o 
por  ti  co 
vis7ta 


86 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


51.   Words  from  Romance  Languages. 


big'ot 

mon'  grel 

a  skance' 

trom  bone' 

brig  and 

par  lor 

a  lert 

ve  dette 

bra  vo 

nap  kin 

a  vast 

car  toon 

sea  son 

pig  eon 

bas  soon 

la  goon 

cap  tain 

pis  tol 

bro  cade 

gen'  er  al 

car  riage 

pil  grim 

bur  lesque 

cit  a  del 

cas  tie 

pro  file 

gro  tesque 

ped  es  tal 

coz  en 

cous  in 

ga  zette 

por  cu  pine 

cur  ry 

niece 

bou  quet 

ar  te  ry 

cut  lass 

ten'  or 

dis  patch 

of  fi  cer 

gran  ite 

peo  pie 

can  teen 

par  a  sol 

flow  er 

trea  ty 

con  ceit 

dom  i  no 

in  voice 

may  or 

con  cert 

bal  co  ny 

lus  cious 

pal  ace 

cas  cade 

cam  e  o 

52.  Words  derived  from  the  Spanish. 


car'  go 

gran  dee' 

em  bar7  go 

bra  va'  do 

cor  sair 

pa  rade 

em  bar  rass 

du  en  na 

ere  ole 

stam  pede 

mo  las  ses 

des  per  a'  do 

ne  gro 

gre  nade 

mu  lat  to 

El  Do  ra  do 

jun  to 

pam'  phlet 

tor  na  do 

pec  ca  dil  lo 

sher  ry 

jave  lin 

po  ta  to 

sar  sa  pa  ril'  la 

ga  la 

bat  tie  door 

ve  ran  da 

bar  ri  cade' 

so  da 

cas  ta  nets 

va  nil  la 

par'  o  quet 

pla  za 

coch  i  neal 

punc  til  i  o 

al'  li  ga  tor 

gua  va 

can  ni  bal 

mos  qui  to 

fil  i  bus  ter 

al  cove 

buf  fa  lo 

gue  ril  la 

si  er'  ra 

ci  gar7 

sas  sa  fras 

me  ri  no 

plat'  i  na 

se  gar 

qui  nine 

flo  til  la 

Sa  van'  nah 

gar  rote 

in  di  go 

fan  dan  go 

al  bi  no 

an  cbo'vy 

don 

gar  rot  er 

pa  la  ver 

ar  ma  da 

cin  cho'na 

com'  mo  dore 

ham'  mock 

SECOND    YEAlt'S    WORK. 


87 


53.  "Words  derived  from  the  Arabic. 


cof '  fee 

ze'ro 

cam/  phor 

lau'  da  num 

cot  ton 

al  tar 

a  lem'  bic 

al  co  hoi 

crim  son 

tar  iff 

sul'  tan 

al  ge  bra 

car  mine 

di  van' 

haz  ard 

al  ka  li 

jas  mine 

Ko'  ran 

mum  my 

al  ma  nac 

ci  pher 

Is  lam 

mosque 

ar  se  nal 

ha  rem 

ot  to 

musk 

am  u  let 

mos  lem 

so  fa 

ga  zelle' 

chem  is  try 

cam  phor 

saf  fron 

gi  raffe 

min  a  ret 

naph  tha 

sen  na 

mon  soon 

tarn  a  rind 

na  dir 

sher  bet 

si  moora 

tal  is  man 

ze  nith 

lem  on 

Sa  ha'  ra 

az  i  muth 

54.   Spanish-American  "Words. 

The  teacher  will  explain  the  meaning  of  these  words. 


ranche 

can'  on 

a  do'  be 

tor  til'  la 

ran'  cho 

cor'  ral 

se  ra  pe 

som  bre  ro 

las  so 

lar  i  at 

coy  o  te 

ma  dro  ne 

mus  tang 

ri  a'ta 

a  ras  tra 

man  za  ni  ta 

pla  cer 

ran  che  ro 

si  es  ta 

chap  ar  ral' 

pu  eb'  lo 

ro  de  o 

va  que  ro 

ha  ci  en'  da 

55.  Words  from  Names 

of  Places  and 

Persons. 

bay'  o  net 

(Bayonne) 

pla  ton'  ic 

(Plato) 

cur  rants 

(Corinth) 

plu  ton  ic 

(Pluto) 

cop  per 

(Cyprus) 

her  cu  le  an 

(Hercules) 

cam  brie 

(Cambray) 

vol  ca  no 

(Vulcan) 

cal  i  co 

(Calicut) 

jo'  vi  al 

(Jove) 

dam  ask 

(Damascus) 

hec  tor 

(Hector) 

span  iel 

(Spain) 

mes  mer  ism 

(Mesmer) 

wors  ted 

(Worstead) 

gal  va  nism 

(Galvani) 

mag  net 

(Magnesia) 

dah  li  a 

(Dahl) 

gas  con  ade' 

(Gascony) 

fuch  si  a 

(Fuch) 

la  con'  ic 

(Laconia) 

at  las 

(Atlas) 

83 


swinton/s  word-book. 


56.  French-American,  Spanish,  and  Indian  Words. 


cache 

bay'ou 

tu'le 

caout'  chouo 

butte 

ba  teau' 

co  coa 

ca  noe' 

lev'ee 

go'pher 

a  ga'  ve 

tap  i  o'ca 

ere  vasse' 

shan  ty 

po  ta  to 

va  nil' la 

por'  tage 

cal  u  met 

mag'  uey 

gua'  no 

armada 
canon 
Sierra 
Nevada 
corral 
lariat 
Senor 
Senora 
Senorita 
finale  (It.) 
Signor  (It.) 
Signora  (It.) 
imbroglio  (It.) 


surveillance 
embonpoint 
nom  de  plume 
mediocre 
bizarre 
faux  pas 
qui  vive 
carte  blanche 
de  trop 
recherche 
far  excellence 
nous  verrons 
en  rapport 


57.  Spanish  and  Italian  Words. 

(ar  ma' da),  great  fleet. 


(can' yon), 
(Se  er'ra), 
(Ne  va'da), 
(cor  ral'), 
(laYi  at), 
(sa  nyor'), 
(sa  nyo'ra), 
(sa  nyo  re'ta), 
(fi  na'le), 
(se  nyor'), 
(se  nyo'ra), 
(im  brol'yo), 


deep,  narrow  gorge, 
mountain  ridge, 
snowy, 
cattle  pen. 
saddle  rope. 
Sir,  Mr. 
Mistress,  Mrs. 
Miss,  young  lady, 
conclusion,  end. 
Sir,  Mr. 
Mistress,  Mrs. 
quarrel,  confusion. 


58.   French  Words  and  Phrases. 


(sur  val'yance), 
(aN  boN  pwaN'), 
(noN), 

(me'di  o  ker), 
(be  za/), 
(fo  pa'), 
(ke  veve'), 
(cart  blaNsh'), 
(de  tro'), 
(re  sher  sha,'), 
(par  ex  eel  laNs'), 
(noo  ver  ton'), 
(aN  rap  poi7), 


supervision. 

corpulence. 

assumed  name  of  an  author. 

ordinary. 

fantastic,  odd. 

false  step,  mistake. 

who's  there?  lookout. 

full  permission. 

too  many. 

select ;  of  rare  attractions. 

preeminently. 

we  shall  see. 

in  harmony  with. 


SECOND    YEAB'S    WOEK. 


89 


59.  Geographical  Names  often  misspelled. 

Cal  i  for' ni  a... not  to  be  spelled  Cala. 

Cin  cin  na'  ti...not  to  be  spelled  with  two  £'s. 

Ten  nes  see'... with  double  n,  double  s,  and  double  e. 

Con  nect/i  cnt...not  to  be  spelled  net. 

Min  ne  so'  ta...not  to  be  spelled  with  one  ». 

Da  ko'  ta...not  to  be  spelled  tah. 

U'  tah... not  to  be  spelled  Yuta. 

Ed'  in  burgh... not  to  be  spelled  burg. 

Nar  ra  gan'  sett... to  be  spelled  with  two  r's  and  two  ^s. 

Ha  va'  na...not  to  be  spelled  with  two  ns. 

Ok  la  ho'  ma. .  .not  to  be  spelled  Ohio, 

Ma  ni'  la. .  .not  to  be  spelled  with  two  Z's. 


60.  Latin  Phrases. 


In  common  use  in  the  newspapers. 


e  pli/ri  bus  u'  num, 

mul'  turn  in  par'  vo, 

ne  plus  uV  tra, 

non  com' pos  men'tis, 

si' ne  qua  non, 

ex  post  fac'  tot 

sub  ro'  sd, 

vi'ce  ver'sa, 

nem.  con.f 

ad  va  lo' rem, 

ad  in'  ter  imt 

ad  lib'  i  turn, 

in  ter  ro'rem, 

in  me  mo'  ri  am, 

si  ne  di  e, 

per  an'num, 

lap' sus  lin' gu(Bt 


one  of  many. 

much  in  little. 

nothing  beyond. 

not  of  sound  mind. 

something  indispensable 

after  the  deed. 

under  cover;  secretly. 

the  reverse. 

no  one  contradicting. 

according  to  value. 

in  the  mean  time. 

at  pleasure. 

as  a  warning. 

in  memory  of. 

without  day. 

by  the  year. 

a  slip  of  the  tongue? 


90 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


61.    Quarterly  Review. 


ped'  dler 
dah  li  a 
fuch  si  a 
gus  to 
gra  tis 
a  li  as 
ci  pher 
vying 
buy  ing 
tying 
al  ways 
Christ  mas 
fore  head 
knowl  edge 
bus  i  ness 
slav  ish 
fiend  ish 
hand  some 
wool  en 
bra  zen 
thiev  ish 
swin  ish 
fifth  ly 
edge  ways 
flour  ish 
wran  gle 
slaugh  ter 
found  ry 
hatch  et 
crotch  et 
dai  ry 
gher  kin 
fur  lough 
star  board 


scram'  ble 
schoon  er 
squan  der 
wain  scot 
dwin  die 
di  a  mond 
gawky 
ghost  ly 
rid  dance 
lunch  eon 
shriv  el 
stead  fast 
haugh  ty 
gor  geous 
haz  ard 
poig  nant 
quit  tance 
mis  chief 
sur  feit 
quar  ry 
prai  rie 
sug  ar 
hy  son 
wig  warn 
gua  no 
naph  tha 
cam  phor 
torn  a  hawk 
la  va 
lus  cious 
pam  phlet 
qui  nine 
whole  some 
fif  teenth 


bou  quet' 
al  though 
re  trieve 
re  peal 
re  lease 
es  quire 
cha  grin 
Ten  nes  see' 
be  twixt' 
be  queath 
main  tain 
a  dieu 
bur  lesque 
gro  tesque 
ga  zette 
ve  dette 
ci  gar 
sou  chong 
ba  zaar 
re  gat'  ta 
um  brel  la 
mos  qui  to 
me  ri  no 
re  mit  tance 
ac  quit  tal 
a  bet  ting 
bag  a  telle' 
ac  quaint' 
ex  pelled 
con  curred 
ir'  ri  gate 
et  i  quette 
quar  rel  ing 
shov  el  ing 


cal'i  co 
horn  i  ny 
choc  o  late 
par  a  sol 
sas  sa  fras 
cam  e  o 
al  co  hoi 
lau  da  num 
pi  a'  nist 
trav'  el  er 
pit  i  ful 
hy  a  cinth 
mar  i  gold 
e  qual  ly 
max  i  mum 
now  a  days 
clean  li  ness 
sau  ci  ness 
like  li  hood 
live  li  hood 
ug  li  est 
par  ve  nu 
ere  vasse' 
moc'  ca  sin 
mac  a  ro'  ni 
ver  mi  eel  li 
tap  i  o  ca 
mas  quer  ade 
ser  e  nade 
char/  la  tan 
fil  i  bus  ter 
coch  i  neal 
al  ma  nac 
chem  is  try 


SECOND   YEAR'S   WORK. 


91 


FOURTH    MONTH. 


a,  ab 

ad 

ante 

con 

contra 

de 

dis 

e,  ex 

extra 

in 

in 

intro 

inter 


from. 

to. 

before. 

with. 

against. 

from. 

apart. 

out  of. 

beyond. 

on,  in. 

not. 

within. 

between. 


62.   Latin  Prefixes. 


ob  =  against. 


per 

pro 

pre 

post 

re 

retro 

super 

snb 

semi 

se 

trans 

ultra 


o* 


through. 

for. 

before. 

after. 

again,  back. 

backwards. 

above. 

under. 

half. 

apart. 

across. 

beyond. 


a  verse9 
ab  hor 
ab  scond 
ab  jure 
a  void 
*vz  vail 


63.  Illustrating  Latin  Prefixes. 
Written, 

an  te  di  luf  vi  an 
an  tic'  i  pate 


ad  here* 
ac  cede 
affix 
an  nex 
ap  pend 
as  sign 


con  nect' 
cor  rode 
con  sign 
col  led 


con  tra  diet' 
con  tro  vert' 
deflect1 
de  vote 
dis  pel 
dis  cuss 


64.  Illustrating  Latin  Prefixes. 

Written. 


e  rase1 

ex  traor'  di  na 

ry 

in*  no  cent 

in  ter  cepV 

e  vade 

ex  trav'  a  gant 

il  le1  gal 

in  ter  fere 

e  red 

ex  tra  di1  Hon 

in  cor  reef 

in  ter  pose 

ex  empt 

in  vent' 

in  se  cure 

in  ter  sect 

ex  plore 

in  hale 

in  tro  duce 

in1  ter  course 

ex  Tiaust 

in  note 

in  tro  mil 

in  ter  jed  tion 

92 


SWLNTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


65.   Illustrating  Latin  Prefixes. 


ob  jecff 

o  blige 
ob  struct 
oc  cur 
op  pose 
ob1  vi  ous 


per  am!  bu  late 
per1 'fo  rate 
per  ent  ni  al 
pro  ceed' 
pro  tect 
pro  mof  tion 


Written. 

prefer^ 
pre  sen? 
pre1  ma  ture 
post  ponet 
post'  script 
pos  terf  i  ty 


re  deem9 
re  dine 
re  lapse 
ret1  ro  grade 
ret1  ro  sped 
ret  ro  gres1  sion 


66.   Illustrating  Latin  Prefixes. 


5t?  cede9 
se  led 
se  elude 
sem!  i  tone 
sem!  i  cir  cle 
sem  i  lu'  nar 


sub  mit' 
sue  ceed 
suffuse 
sug  gest 
sup  plant 
sus  pend 


Written, 

su  per  sede' 
su  per' flu  ous 
su  per  la  the 
sur  pass' 
sur  mount 
su  per  natf  u  ral 


Iran  scribe9 
trans  gress 
trans  port 
ul  tra  ma  rind 
ul  tra  mon1  tane 
ul  tra  mun'  dane 


67.   Words  of  Double  Origin.  —  Latin  and  French. 

Words  in  the  first  column  are  derived  directly  from  the  Latin  into  English  •, 
words  in  the  second  column  are  derived  from  the  Latin  through  the  French. 
The  words  in  the  third  and  fourth  columns  are  all  from  Latin,  but  each  of  the 
pairs  introduced  at  different  times. 


fact 

feat 

gran' a  ry 

gar'  ner 

qui'  et 

coy 

le'  gal 

loy  al 

ca  dence 

chance 

hos'  pi  tai 

ho  tel' 

cap  tive 

cai'  tiff 

ma'  jor 

may'  or 

ca  lvx 

a* 

chal  ice 

par'  ti  cle 

par  eel 

se  cure' 

sure 

per  se  cute 

pur  sue' 

com  pute 

count 

pau'  per 

poor 

fac'  tion 

fash'  ion 

po  tion 

poi'  son 

bal  sam 

balm 

re  gal 

roy  al 

pen'i  tence 

pen'  ance 

ra'  di  us 

ray 

fra'  gile 

frail 

probe 

prove 

fi  del'  i  ty 

fe'alty 

spe'  cies 

spice 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK.  93 

68.   Sentences  for  Dictation. 

I. 

1.  Gunpowder  was  used  in  China  and  India  at  a  very  Temote 
period  of  time  :  in  Europe  it  came  into  use  in  the  thirteenth  and 
fourteenth  centuries. 

2.  Artillery  was  first  used  in  Asia :  it  was  introduced  into 
Europe  during  the  thirteenth  century. 

3.  The  mariner  s  compass  was  invented  by  the  Chinese  at  a 
very  early  period  :  it  was  introduced  into  Europe  during  the 
thirteenth  century. 

4.  Printing  by  means  of  carved  wooden  blocks  was  invented 
by  the  Chinese  at  a  very  early  date :  but  printing  by  means 
of  movable  types  was  the  invention  of  Gutenberg  and  Faust, 

A.  D.  1450. 

II. 

5.  The  steam  engine  was  invented  by  James  Watt,  a  Scotch- 
man, in  the  eighteenth  century. 

6.  The  electric  telegraph  was  invented  by  Professor  Samuel  E. 

B.  Morse,  in  the  nineteenth  century. 

7.  Robert  Fulton,  of  New  York,  first  successfully  applied  the 
steam  engine  to  the  navigation  of  vessels.  He  built  and  ran  the 
first  successful  steamboat  on  the  Hudson  River,  in  1807. 

8.  The  spinning  jenny  was  invented  by  Hargreaves,  an  English- 
man, in  1767. 

9.  The  cotton  gin  was  invented  by  Eli  Whitney,  an  American, 
in  1793. 

10.  The  sewing  machine  was  invented  by  Elias  Howe,  Jr.,  an 
American,  whose  machine  was  patented  in  1846. 

11.  Charles  Goodyear,  an  American,  in  1839  discovered  the 
process  of  making  vulcanized  rubber. 

12.  Locomotive  engines  were  invented  in  1814,  by  George  Ste- 
phenson, an  English  engineer.  The  Liverpool  and  Manchester 
Railroad  was  built  in  1830. 


94  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

69.  Words  relating  to  Buildings. 

ar7  chi  tect  A  person  skilled  in  the  art  of  building. 

ar7  chi  tec  ture  The  art  of  building. 

fa  cade  (fa  sad')  The  front  of  a  building. 

gaf  ble  The  triangular  end  of  a  building  from  the  eaves 

to  the  top. 

vesr  ti  bule  The  porch  or  entrance  into  a  building. 

CU'  po  la  A  dome  on  a  building. 

ro  tun'  da  A  building  round  both  inside  and  out. 

pyr7  a  mid  A  body  standing  on  an  angular  base  and  termi- 

nating in  a  point  at  the  top. 

lab'  y  rintk  A  building  or  place  full  of  windings. 

pa  go'  da  A  large  building  or  temple  in  the  East  Indies 

in  which  idols  are  worshiped. 

70.   Sentences  for  Dictation. 

An  indictment  is  a  written  accusation  of  one  or  more  persons 
of  a  crime  or  misdemeanor,  presented  upon  oath  by  a  grand 
jury. 

Antipodes  are  those  who  live  on  that  part  of  the  globe  dia- 
metrically opposite  to  us. 

A  real  circular  motion  is  always  accompanied  with  a  centrifu- 
gal motion. 

We  must  not  swallow  down  opinions  as  silly  people  do  an 
empiric's  pills,  without  knowing  what  they  are  made  of. 

A  fastidious  individual  affects  or  arrogates  superior  taste  and 
discernment. 

The  Emperor  Julian  himself,  that  most  bitter  adversary  of 
Christianity,  who  had  openly  apostatized  from  it,  did  not  deny 
the  reality  of  our  Lord's  miracles. 

They  had  no  authority,  either  by  diocesan  or  provincial 
ay  nods. 

The  English  vocabulary  is  mainly  composed  of  Celtic,  Saxon, 
French,  and  classical  words. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


93 


71.  A  Lesson  of  Corrections. 
Correct  the  errors  in 


strong  ail 

pure  ere 

a  rightful  air 

the  ark  of  a  circle 

ate  men 

too  fishes  swam 

a  bate  for  fishes 

a  bear  arm 

a  beach  tree 

beat  root 

a  glass  of  bier 

the  bow  of  a  tree 

wry  bread 

a  but  of  wine 

the  cord  of  a  harp 

a  sight  for  a  new  church 

course  cloth 

a  core  of  troops 

a  deer  price 

a  draught  of  a  bill 

the  railway  fair 

a  great  feet 

the  bird  flue  away 

a  strong  forte 

enter  by  the  iron  gait 

a  glaire  of  light 

a  hail  old  man 

do  you  here  him  speaking 

sing  a  him 

the  isle  of  a  church 

indict  a  letter 

a  watch  quay 


a  lime  kill 

a  led  mine 

the  leek  in  a  vessel 

a  door  loch 

a  servant  made 

a  lion's  main 

a  haughty  mean 

did  you  meat  him 

the  knave  of  a  wheel 

the  ore  of  a  boat 

a  pain  of  glass 

a  peace  of  money 

a  peel  of  bells 

the  stone  peer 

a  quire  of  singers 

the  rain  of  a  king 

he  rote  a  letter 

a  long  rode 

the  sale  of  a  ship 

ceil  the  letter 

sow  the  mustard  cede 

the  steps  of  a  stare 

the  knife  was  made  of  steal 

a  strait  road 

tare  the  cloth 

a  tear  of  guns 

the  throws  of  conscience 

a  bad  tray  in  his  character 

vains  and  arteries  of  the  body 

a  heavy  wait 

a  yolk  of  oxen 

a  yew  tied  to  a  ewe-tree 


-96 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

72.  Anglicized  Latin  "Words. 

Adopted  in  English  without  change. 


ar'  dor 

pas'  tor 

hu'  mus 

ul  ti  ma' turn 

ar'  bi  ter 

ru  mor 

o  nus 

max'  i  mum 

an  i  mal 

se  ries 

sta  tus 

min  i  mum 

ax' is 

spe  cies 

ma  jor 

al  lu'  vi  um 

cir  cus 

splen  dor 

mi  nor 

spec'  u  la  toi 

col  or 

ge  nus 

stra  turn 

nu'  cle  us 

er  ror 

ter  ror 

la  bor 

me  di  um 

fa  vor 

val  or 

da  ta 

stim  u  lus 

gen  ius 

ve  to 

a  pex 

mi  nu'  ti  se 

mi  ser 

vig  or 

mi  nus 

mo  men  turn 

hu  mor 

vi  rus 

fo  ci 

stam'  i  na 

o  dor 

fo  cus 

fun  gi 

vis  ce  ra 

73.  Exercises  for  Dictation. 

Sir  James  Mackintosh  wrote  an  excellent  dissertation  on  meta- 
physical science. 

From  yonder  realms  of  empyreal  day ! 
The  guillotine  was  first  proposed  to  the  National  Assembly  of 
France  by  a  physician,  and  from  him  received  its  name. 

Here  sacred  pomp  and  genial  fete  delight, 
And  solemn  dance  and  hymeneal  rite. 

We  ought  sometimes  to  suspend  our  judgment,  till  the  first 
effervescence  is  a  little  subsided. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  we  should  be  harassed  by  implacable 
persecution,  or  excruciated  by  irremediable  pains. 

And  sought, 
By  pyramids  and  mausoleum  pomp, 
Short-lived  themselves,  to  immortalize  their  bones. 

He  [Hamilton]  smote  the  rock  of  the  national  resources,  and 
abundant  streams  of  revenue  gushed  forth.  He  touched  the 
dead  corpse  of  Public  Credit,  and  it  sprung  upon  its  feet. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WOEK. 


97 


74.  A  Suffix  Lesson. 

Nouns  formed  with  Latin  and  French  suffixes  meaning  state  or  quality  of 
being,  or  place. 


bond'  age 

safe'  ty 

pi'  ra  cy 

Diminutives. 

do  tage 

pan  try 

pri  va  cy 

cir'  cle 

mar  riage 

pi'  e  ty 

de  cen  cy 

cas  tie 

vas'  sal  age 

odd  i  ty 

con  stan  cy 

par7  ti  cle 

pu  pil  age 

loy  al  ty 

apt  i  tude 

ve  hi  cle 

per  son  age 

ped  ant  ry 

grat  i  tude 

glob'  ule 

slav  er  y 

a  bil'  i  ty 

Ion  gi  tude 

Place. 

pil  grim  age 

den'  si  ty 

plat  i  tude 

fac'  to  ry 

pat  ron  age 

chas  ti  ty 

serv  i  tude 

rec  to  ry 

fin  er  y 

pu  ri  ty 

his  to  ry 

nun  ner  y 

pleas  ant  ry 

in  fin'  i  ty 

or7  a  to  ry 

dor7  mi  to  ry 

rev  el  ry 

in  firm  i  ty 

tran  si  to  ry 

sane  tu  a  ry 

re  vers'  al 

pres'  ence 

mi  gra  to  ry 

par'  son  age 

re  hears  al 

con  science 

mat  ri  mo  ny 

res  tau  rant 

75.  Suffixes  meaning  relating  to. 


brute 

bru'  tal 

pu'  er  ile 

trib'  u  ta  ry 

fate 

fa  tal 

in  fan  tile 

cus  torn  a  ry 

use 

us'  u  al 

ju  ve  nile 

plan  e  ta  ry 

bi'  ble 

bib  lie  al 

mer  can  tile 

cap  il  la  ry 

crit  ic 

crit  ic  al 

cir  cu  lar 

el  e  men'  ta  ry 

type 

typ  ic  al 

glob  u  lar 

com  pli  men  ta  r\ 

farce 

far  ci  cal 

an  nu  lar 

in  tro  due  to  ry 

of  fice 

of  fi'  cial 

he  ro'  ic 

lit'  er  a  ry 

trop  ic 

trop'  ic  al 

an  gel  ic 

nee  es  sa  ry 

log  ic 

log  ic  al 

mag  net  ic 

de  tract'  o  ry 

poet 

po  et'  ic 

ma  jes  tic 

pre  par'  a  to  ry 

cyn'  ic 

cyn'  i  cal 

ter  rif  ic 

sat  is  fac7  to  ry 

top  ic 

top  ic  al 

op  er  at'  ic 

stel'  lar 

gram  mar 

gram  mat'  ic 

al   mas'  cu  line 

e  pis'  to  la  ry 

98 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


Ant  =  having 
condition  of. 

de  fi'  ant 
a  bun  dant 
ac  cord  ant 
con'  so  nant 
dis  cord7  ant 
ex  pect  ant 
re  luc  tant 
el'  e  gant 
sig  nif'  i  cant 
ob  serv7  ant 
rel7  e  vant 
tol  er  ant 
res  o  nant 
sup  pli  ant 


76.  The  Suffixes  ant  and  ance. 

the  power  or  quality  of  or  continuing  to.     Ance  =  state  or 


de  fi'  ance 
a  bun  dance 
ac  cord  ance 
con7  so  nance 
dis  cord7  ance 
ex  pect  ance 
re  luc  tance 
el7  e  gance 
sig  nif'  i  cance 
ob  serv'  ance 
rel  e  vance 
tol  er  ance 
res  o  nance 
sup  pli  ance 


ex  or7  bi  tant  -ance 

re  pug7  nant  -ance 

ra7  di  ant  -ance 

com  pli'  ant  -ance 

pur  su  ant  -ance 

in  dig  nant  -ation 

be  nig  nant  -ity 

ex  ult  ant  -ation 

un  pleas  ant  -ness 

im  port  ant  -ance 

re  sist  ant  -ance 

dis'  tant  -ance 

dom7  i  nant  -ance 

par  tic7  i  pant  -ance 


Ent  =  having 
lowing  words  are 

be  nev7  o  lent 
de  spond  ent 
pen'  i  tent 
con  cur7  rent 
con7  se  quent 
re  splen'  dent 
ab'  sti  nent 
prev  a  lent 
rev  er  ent 
in  no  cent 
ev  i  dent 
prov  i  dent 
cor  pu  lent 
pes  ti  lent 


77.  The  Suffixes  ent  and  ence. 

the  power  or  quality  of.     Ence  =  state  of  being. 
derived  from  the  Latin. 


be  nev7  o  lence 
de  spond  ence 
pen'  i  tence 
con  cur7  rence 
con'  se  quence 
re  splen'  dence 
ab'  sti  nence 
prev  a  lence 
rev  er  ence 
in  no  cence 
ev  i  dence 
prov  i  dence 
cor  pu  lence 
pes  ti  lence 


The  fol. 


im  per'  ti  nent 

-ence 

in7  di  gent 

-ence 

dif  fer  ent 

-ence 

af  flu  ent 

-ence 

ton  fi  dent 

-ence 

dif  fi  dent 

-ence 

em  i  nent 

-ence 

prom  i  nent 

-ence 

im  mi  nent 

-ence 

mu  nif7  i  cent 

-ence 

ve7  he  ment 

-ence 

in  dul7  gent 

-ence 

ab  hor  rent 

-ence 

re  cur  rent 

-ence 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


99 


78.  The  Suffixes  able  and  ible. 

Final  e  of  the  root  word  is 


Able  and  ible  =  that  which  may  or  can  be. 
dropped  except  after  c  and  g. 


tarn'  a  ble 

sal'  a  ble 

fu'  si  ble 

e  ras'  a  ble 

blam  a  ble 

pass  a  ble 

for 

ci  ble 

de  due  i  ble 

cur  a  ble 

trace  a  ble 

hor 

ri  ble 

dif  fus  i  ble 

eat  a  ble 

change  a  ble 

ter 

ri  ble 

in  vis  i  ble 

lov  a  ble 

charge  a  ble 

leg 

ible 

con  tempt  i  ble 

pay  a  ble 

de  fin'  a  ble 

cred  i  ble 

re  vers  i  ble 

bear  a  ble 

man7  age  a  ble 

au  i 

di  ble 

per  cep  ti  ble 

mov  a  ble 

re  ceiv'  a  ble 

plau  si  ble 

con  vert  i  ble 

rat  a  ble 

con  ceiv  a  ble 

fal  li  ble 

ad  mis  si  ble 

tax  a  ble 

per  ceiv  a  ble 

tan 

gi  ble 

im  press  i  ble 

read  a  ble 

de  test  a  ble 

fea 

si  ble 

ex  haust  i  ble 

teach  a  ble 

ob  tain  a  ble 

ed  i 

ible 

re  press  i  ble 

ford  a  ble 

ob  serv  a  ble 

flex 

ible 

di  vis  i  ble 

pass  a  ble 

main  tain  a  ble 

ris 

ible 

im  pos  si  ble 

79.  The  Suffixes 

ive 

and  ion. 

Ive  =  having 

the  quality  of:   ion  = 

act 

of.     Ive  added  to  verbs  forms 

adjectives :  ion  added  to  verbs  forms  nouns. 

dif  fuse' 

dif  fu;  sive 

dif  fu'  sion 

ad  here 

ad  he  sive 

ad  he  sion 

at  tend 

at  ten  tive 

at  ten  tion 

at  tract 

at  tract  ive 

at  trac  tion 

de  cide 

de  ci  sive 

de  ci  sion 

con  vulse 

con  vul  sive 

con  vul  sion 

ex  elude 

ex  clu  sive 

ex  clu  sion 

ex  plode 

ex  plo  sive 

ex  plo  sion 

in  struct 

in  struct  ive 

1 

in  struc  tion 

de  fend 

de  fen  sive 

de  fense 

re  pulse 

re  pul  sive 

re  pul  sion 

con  elude 

con  clu  sive 

con  clu  sion 

de  lude 

de  lu  sive 

de  lu  sion 

con  struct 

con  struct  ive 

con  struc  tion 

100 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


80.   Written  Spelling. 

Ive  =  having  the  power  to :  ion  =  act  of. 


Verbs. 
de  fine', 
de  ceive, 
pre  vent, 
in  vent, 
de  duct, 
pro  duce, 
re  strict, 
reflect, 
afflict, 
in  duct, 
e  led, 
per  ceive, 
con  ceive, 
at  tract, 


Adjectives. 
defln'  i  tive 
de  cep'  tive 
pre  vent  ive 
in  vent  ive 
de  duct  ive 
pro  due  tive 
re  strict  ive 
reflect  ive 
of  flic  tive 
in  duct  ive 
e  led  ive 
per  cep  tive 
con  cep  tive 
at  tract'  ive 


Nouns. 

-tion. 

-tion. 

-ion. 

-ion. 

-ion. 

-tion. 

-ion. 

-ion. 

-tion. 

-ion. 

-ion. 
-tion. 
-tion. 

-ion. 


Adjectives. 
sub  mis'  sive 
e  vaf  sive 
ag  gres  sive 
pro  gres  sive 
se  due  tive 
e  rup  tive 
il  lu  sive 

at  ten  tive 
con  struct  ive 
ex  ten  sive 
sub  ver  sive 
in  die'  a  tive 
al  lit'  er  a  tive 
a  bu'  sive 


Nouns. 

-sion. 

-sion. 

-sion. 

-sion. 

-tion. 

-tion. 

-sion. 

-tion. 

-ion. 

-sion. 

-sion. 
-tion. 
-tion. 

-ness. 


pre  ten' tious 
fie  ti  tious 
in  fee  tious 
vex  a  tious 
am  bi  tious 
sen  ten  tious 
nu  tri  tious 
se  di  tious 
re  li  gious 
con  ta  gious 
la  bo'  ri  ous 
no  to  ri  ous 
con  sci  en'  tious 
per  ni'  cious 


81.   Oral  Spelling. 

Ous,  ious,  eous  =  having  :  relating  to. 

right'  eous 
du'  te  ous 
pit  e  ous 
cour  te  ous 
plen  te  ous 
boun  te  ous 
er  ro'  ne  ous 
cour  a  geous 
out  ra  geous 
ad  van  ta'  geous 
spon  ta'  ne  ous 
in  stan  ta'  ne  ous 
mis  eel  la  ne  ous 
far  i  na  ceo  us 


won'  drous 
mon  strous 
n*  brous 
griev  ous 
cum  brous 
en'  vi  ous 
glut  ton  ous 
om  in  ous 
mis  chie  vous 
cov  e  tous 
vir  tu  ous 
ri  die'  u  lous 
in  iq  ui  tous 
so  lie  it  ous 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WOtfK. 


101 


82.  The  Suffix  oas. 

Having,  relating  to,  tending  to. 
Words  spelled  with  cious. 


gra'  cious 

ca  pri'  cious 

vi  va'  cious 

0 

men  da'  cious 

spa  cious 

sus  pi  cious 

lo  qua  cious 

fal  la  cious 

vi  cious 

de  li  cious 

te  na  cious 

ra  pa  cious 

pre  cious 

fe  ro  cious 

ve  ra  cious 

sa  ga  cious 

of  fV  cious 

a  tro  cious 

pre  co  cious 

pug  na  cious 

ma  li'  cious 

ca  pa  cious 

au  da  cious 

av  a  ri'  cious 

83.  Monthly  Review. 

ex  act' 

frig'  id 

ma  lign' 

por'  ous 

ex  empt 

im  age 

o  paque 

pre  cious 

dis  dain 

frag  ile 

ma  rine 

pre  cincts 

ef  fete 

li  cense 

re  sume 

se  quel 

de  vour 

liq  uid 

pol  lute 

traf  fie 

ap  plaud 

meas  ure 

ex  pect 

pres  ence 

de  cease 

mea  ger 

ad  here 

con  science 

con  vulse 

men  ace 

in  struct 

ves  tige 

FIFTH    MONTH. 

84.  Lesson  in  "Word-Forming. 
Written  Exercise* 

The  suffix  ize  means  to  make :  the  suffix  ation  means  act  of.  The  sign 
+  indicates  the  addition  of  the  suffix,  and  is  read  plus. 

Example  of  dictation  hy  the  teacher :  "  Genera!  plus  ize.'"  (The  pupil  will 
write  general  +  ize  =  generalize.)  "  General  plus  ize  plus  ation"  (The 
pupil  will  write  general  +  ize  +  ation  =  generalization.) 


gen'  er  at 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

fer'  tile 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

not  u  ral 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

re  al 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

sec  u  lar 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

e  qnal 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

col  o  ny 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

vo  cat 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

crys'  tal 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

au  thor 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

cen  tral 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

le  gal 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

ci  vil 

+ 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

char'  ac 

ter 

4 

ize 

+ 

ation. 

102 


&W1N ION'S    WORD-BOOK. 


85.   Oral  Exercise  in  "Word  Formation, 

The  suffix  ity  means  state  of  being. 

Model  for  exercise :  The  teacher  gives  out  the  word  and  suffix,  "  sensual 
plus  ize."  The  pupil  recites  :  "  Sen  su  al,  sensual  plus  ize  =  sensualize,  to 
make  sensual ;  sensual  plus  ity  =  sensuality t  state  of  being  sensual. 


sen'  su  al 

+ 

ize 

spir'  it  u  al 

+ 

ize 

na'  tion  al 

+ 

ize 

trW  quil 

+ 

ize 

Chris  tian 

+ 

ize 

vi  tal 

+ 

ize 

au  thor 

+ 

ize 

bru  tal 

+ 

ize 

neu  tral 

+ 

ize 

hu  man 

+ 

ize 

sen'  su  al 

+ 

ity 

spir7  it  u  al 

+ 

ity 

na'  tion  al 

+ 

ity 

trail'  quil 

+ 

lity 

Chris  tian 

+ 

itv 

vi  tal 

+ 

ity 

au  thor 

+ 

ity 

bru  tal 

+ 

ity 

neu  tral 

+ 

ity 

hu  man 

+ 

ity 

86.  "Words  ending  in  tion. 

Ion  means  the  act  of. 


con  tend' 

con  ten7  tion 

as  ser'  tion 

dis  tend 

dis  ten  tion 

in  no  va'  tion 

in  tend 

in  ten  tion 

de  ser'tion 

re  tain 

re  ten  tion 

in  ser  tion 

de  tain 

de  ten  tion 

in  flee  tion 

con  vene 

con  ven  tion 

con  nee  tion 

re  duce 

re  due  tion 

op  po  si'  tion 

in  duce 

in  due  tion 

sup  po  si  tion 

con  duce 

con  due  tion 

com  po  si  tion 

pro  duce 

pro  due  tion 

rec  i  ta  tion 

pre  diet 

pre  die  tion 

rec  ol  lee  tion 

re  ject 

re  jec  tion 

in  ter  ven  tion 

e  lect 

e  lee  tion 

in  ter  rup  tion 

at  tend 

at  ten  tion 

ap  pli  ca  tion 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


W6 


87.  "Words  ending  in  sion. 

sus  pend' 

sus  pen'  sion 

in  vert7 

in  ver'  sion 

per  suade 

per  sua  sion 

ex  pel 

ex  pul  sion 

de  cline 

de  clen  sion 

pre  tend 

pre  ten  sion 

pre  cise 

pre  ci  sion 

pro  fess 

pro  fes  sion 

col  lide 

col  lis  ion 

di  gress 

di  gres  sion 

de  ride 

de  ri  sion 

con  vulse 

con  vul  sion 

ex  plode 

ex  plo  sion 

se  elude 

se  clu  sion 

ex  pand 

ex  pan  sion 

ex  elude 

ex  clu  sion 

as  cend 

as  cen  sion 

re  vise 

re  vi  sion 

con  elude 

con  clu  sion 

suf  fuse 

suf  fu  sion 

a  vert 

a  ver  sion 

in  vade 

in  va  sion 

sue  ceed 

sue  ces  sion 

pro  ceed 

pro  ces  sion 

88.   A  Suffix  Lesson. 

ee  =  one  to  whom,  or  object  of  action  ;  er  or  or  =  one  who,  or  actor. 


trus  tee' 
pay  ee 
do  nee 
gran  tee 
les  see 
draw  ee 


trust'  er 
pay  er 
do  nor 
grant  or7 
les'  sor 
draw  er 


leg  a  tee' 
mort  ga 
ref  er  ee 


mort  ga  gee 


as  sign  ee 
con  sign  ee 
nom  i  nee 


leg  a  tor' 
mort  gage  or' 
ar7  bi  trat  or 
as  sign'  er 
con  sign  or 
nom'  i  na  tor 


89.   Suffixes  of  Profession  or  Occupation. 

The  suffixes  yer,  ier,  eer,  ist,  ian,  mean  one  who  follows  a  certain  profeS' 
sion  or  is  skilled  in  something. 


law'  yer 

rhet  o  ri'  cian 

pi  a'  nist 

sol  dier 

math  e  ma  ti'  cian 

pol  i  ti'  cian 

brig  a  dier' 

ge  o  me  tri  cian 

al'  ge  bra  ist 

fu  sil  eer 

en  gi  neer/ 

or'  a  tor 

den'  tist 

ar  til'  ler  ist 

sci  en  tist 

art  ist 

cloth'  ier 

gram  ma'  ri  an 

harp  ist 

gren  a  dier' 

a  rith  me  ti'  cian 

vi  o  lin'  ist 

auc  tion  eer 

phi  lol'  o  gist 

104 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


90.  Use  s. 

S  with  the  sound  of  z. 

ad  vise' 

ad  ver  tise' 

en  fran'  chise 

sup  pose1 

ap  prise 

cat7  e 

chise 

pos  ses  sion 

dis  guise 

chas  tise 

crit  i 

cise 

cos  met  ic 

re  serve 

de  spise 

su  pei 

r  vise' 

re  pris  al 

pre  serve 

com  prise 

com' pro  mise 

bap'  tism 

pre  sent 

de  mise 

en  ter 

prise 

col  li'  sion 

dis  ease 

re  vise 

ex  er 

cise 

de  ri  sion 

ap  plause 

pre  mise 

im  pro  vise 

de  ci  sion 

ap  praise 

sur  mise 

mer  chan  dise 

mu  si  cian 

re  suit 

sur  prise 

a  the 

ism 

re  fus  al 

pre  side 

de  vise 

fa  tal 

ism 

mo  sa  ic 

re  solve 

a  rouse 

res  er  voir 

pro  sa  ic 

re  sem'  ble 

ca,  rouse 

in  va' 

sion 

al  lu  sion 

de  ser  tion 

91.  The  Letter  j. 

dry 

shy 

dry' ly 

pit'  y  ing 

pit'  i  less 

dri'  er 

shy'  er 

slyly 

stead  y  ing 

stead  i  est 

dri  est 

shy  est 

shyly 

mud  dy  ing 

mud  di  er 

spry 

fly 

dry  ness 

i        fan  cy  ing 

fan  ci  ful 

spry'  er 

fly'  er 

spry  ness      lob  by  ist 

lob  bied 

spry  est 

fly  est 

shy  ness 

\        put  ty  ing 

put  tied 

try 

flies 

dries 

pit  i  ful 

mud  di  ness 

tried 

fly'  ing 

dry'  ing 

mud  di  est 

wit  ti  ly 

92.    Y  changed  to  i. 

In  words  of  more  than  one  syllable,  final  y  after  a  consonant  is  changed  to 
i  before  any  suffix  not  beginning  with  i. 


ti'dy 

ti'  di  ness 

beau' ty 

beau'  ti  ful 

ti  ny 

ti  ni  est 

de  cen  cy 

de  cen  cies 

eas  y 

eas  i  est 

ef  fi  gy 

ef  fi  gies 

co  ny 

co  nies 

de  ny' 

de  ni'  al 

tro  phy 

tro  phies 

defy 

de  fi  ance 

good  ly 

good  li  er 

com  ply 

com  pli  ance 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


105 


93.  Nouns  used  chiefly  in  the  Plural. 


an'  nals 

hus'  tings 

twee'  zers 

a  mends' 

as  sets 

mat  ins 

tid  ings 

ash'  es 

ar  chives 

mea  sles 

vict  uals 

shears 

bel  lows 

nup  tials 

vi  tals 

spec'  ta  cles 

bil  liards 

pin  cers 

wa  ges 

prem  is  es 

bow  els 

scis  sors 

trou  sers 

in  tes'  tines 

en  trails 

snuf  fers 

ves  pers 

man'  ners 

fil ings 

pan  ta  loons' 

trap  pings 

mor  als 

94.   Written  Exercise  in  Word  Formation. 

The  suffix  fy  or  ify  means  to  make. 

beau1  ty  +  ify  =  beau'  tify.  just       +  ify  =  jus'  ti  fy. 

pure       +  ify  =  pu  rify.  sim' pie  +  ify  =  simplify. 


gUry 

+  ify 

=  glo  rify. 

note 

+  ify  =  no  tify. 

class 

+  ify 

=  clas  sify. 

am1  pie  +  ify  =  amplify. 

false 

+  ify 

=  fal  sify. 

in  tense1 

-\-ify  =  in  ten' si  fi 

rare 

+ 

fy 

=  rar  efy. 

clear 

+  ify  =  clar'ify. 

95 

.  Masculine  and 

Feminine  Suffixes. 

ac'tor 

ac' tress 

au'  thor 

au'  thor  ess 

heir 

heir  ess 

ne  gro 

ne'gress 

he'ro 

her  o  ine 

ti  ger 

ti  gress 

hunt  er 

hunt  ress 

priest 

priest  ess 

host 

host  ess 

trai'  tor 

trai  tress 

li'  on 

li'  on  ess 

em' per  < 

Dr         em  press 

po  et 

po  et  ess 

mas' ter 

mis  tress 

96.  Words  relating  to  Teaching. 

teach'  ei 

1 

in  struct'  or 

learn'  er 

col'  lege 

tu  tor 

pre  cep  tor 

schol  ar 

u  ni  ver'  si  ty 

mas  ter 

pro  fess  or 

pu  pil 

a  cad'  e  my 

mis  tress 

ped'  a  gogue 

stu  dent 

sem'  i  na  ry 

men  tor 

school  mas  ter 

school  boy 

in  sti  tute 

mon  i  tor 

prin  ci  pal 

school  girl 

ly  ce'um 

106 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


97.  Number. 
Written  Exercise. 

Singular  and  plural  forms  of  nouns  from  the  Latin  and  Greek. 


a  lumf  nus, 
a  not  y  sis, 
axr  is, 
da  turn, 
effiu!  vi  urn, 
er  ra!  turn, 
md  di  urn, 


a  lum!  ni. 
a  nal  y  ses. 
act?  es. 
da  ta. 
effiu'  vi  a. 
er  ra'  ta. 
md  di  a. 


neb'  u  la, 
o  a  sis, 
ra  di  us, 
stra'  turn, 
fo  cus, 
ge  nus, 
stimf  u  lus, 


neb1  u  la. 
o  a  ses. 
ra  di  i. 
stra1  ta. 
fo  ci. 
gen  e  ra. 
stim'  u  li. 


98.  Places  of  "Worship  and  Religious  Acts. 


tern'  pie 
min  ster 
chap  el 
al  tar 
clois  ter 
con  vent 


God 

Lord 

Deity 

Almighty 

Jehovah 


el'  e  gance 
sym  me  try 
come  li  ness 
pret  ti  ness 
love  li  ness 
bril  liance 
ra  di  ance 
splen  dor 


church 
shrine 
mosque 
pa  go'  da 
ca  the'  dral 
tab'  er  na  cle 


prayer 
serv  ice 
wor  ship 
horn  age 
de  vo'  tion 
ad  o  ra'  tion 


kneel'  ing 
pe  ti'  tion 
sac'  ri  fice 
in  vo  ca'  tion 
sup  pli  ca  tion 
ben  e  die  tion 


99.  "Words  denoting  Deity. 

Written,  Exercise. 
Always  begin  with  a  capital  letter. 

TJie  Father  The  Infinite 

The  Maker  The  Eternal 

The  Ruler  The  Omnipotent 

The  Creator  The  Omnipresent 

The  Preserver  The  Supreme  Being 

100.  Beauty  and  Ugliness. 


or'  na  ment 
dec  o  ra'  tion 
de  form'  i  ty 
plain'  ness 
home  li  ness 
hid  e  ous  ness 
ca  dav'  er  ous 
re  pul  sive 


un  couth' 
mon'  strous 
fright  ful 
hor  rid 
squal  id 
slouch  ing 
ghast  ly 
gris  ly 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


107 


101.  Evil  Spirits  and  Mythology. 


fiend  • 

imp 

spir7  it 

Mars    . 

fu'  ry 

witch 

vi  sion 

Jove 

har  py 

ghost 

gob  lin 

Nep'  tune 

de  mon 

si'  ren 

vam  pire 

Cu  pid 

dev  il 

sa  tyr 

hob  gob  lin 

Mer  cu  ry 

Sa  tan 

spec  ter 

ap  pa  ri'  tion 

Ju  pi  ter 

102.  Relating  to  Rulers, 

Officers,  and 

Servants. 

em'  per  or 

com  mand'  er 

may'  or 

serv'  ant 

au  to  crat 

com  man  dant' 

pre  feet 

vas  sal 

sov  er  eign 

com'  mo  dore 

al  der  man 

foot  man 

die  tat'  or 

ad  mi  ral 

con  sta  ble 

coach  man 

pres'  i  dent 

gen  er  al 

di  rect'  or 

val  et 

gov  era  or 

colo'  nel 

po  lice  man 

wait  er 

mon  arch 

ma'  jor 

leg' is  lat  or 

lack  ey 

ty  rant 

cap  tain 

law  giv  er 

flun  ky 

sul  tan 

lieu  ten'  ant 

sen  a  tor 

me  ni  al 

chief  tain 

en'  sign 

sher  iff 

slave 

mas  ter 

ser  geant 

judge 

serf 

103.   Food 

and  Taste. 

al'  i  ment 

eat'  a  bles 

fla'  vor 

bit'  ter 

nu  tri  ment 

bread  stuffs 

sa  vor 

ac  id 

nour  ish  ment 

co  mes'  ti  bles 

spicy 

vap  id 

sus  te  nance 

vict'  uals 

pun  gent 

sweet 

reg  i  men 

lun  cheon 

lus  cious 

sour 

pro  vi'  sions 

des  serf 

pi  quant 

nau'  seous 

104.   Pleasure  and  Fain. 

hap'  pi  ness 

com'  fort 

suf  fer  ing 

mis'  e  ry 

lux  u  ry 

de  light' 

anx  i'  e  ty 

an  guish 

sat  is  fac'  tion 

glad'  ness 

de  jec  tion 

tor  ture 

grat  i  fi  ca'  tion 

rap  ture 

vex  a  tion 

tor  ment 

en  joy'  ment 

fe  lie' i  ty 

sor'  row 

ago  ny 

en  chant  ment 

ec'  sta  sy 

dis  tress' 

trib  u  la'  tion 

108 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


105.  Monthly  Review. 


prayer 

crit' i  cise 

con  ces'  sion 

piqu'  ant 

schol'  ar 

ad  ver  tise' 

a  ver  sion 

des  sert' 

shy  est 

su  per  vise 

con  nee  tion 

lunch7  eon 

dri  est 

mem'  o  rize 

mud'  di  er 

mort  gage 

dry  ness 

ec  sta  sy 

eas'  i  est 

dis  guise' 

spry  ness 

mer  chan  dise 

ti  ni  est 

ap  praise 

si  ren 

an  gli  cize 

mud  dy  ing 

dis  ease 

sa  tyr 

en  ter  prise 

stead  i  est 

sur  prise 

Sa  tan 

in  ven'  tion 

stead  y  ing 

sur  mise 

ser  geant 

in  ver  sion 

rar  e  fy 

ad  vise 

colo  nel 

at  ten  tion 

liq  ue  fy 

neu'  tral  ize 

SIXTH    MONTH. 

106.   Words  relating  to  Bills. 


bill  of  ex  change' 
draw'  ee 

pay7  ee 
ac  cept'  ance 
ma  tu/  ri  ty 
to  hon'  or 
to  dis  hon'  or 
proc'  n  ra  tion 
pro'  test 


days  of  grace 
at  par 


A  bill  drawn  on  one  person  for  the  payment 
of  money  to  another. 

The  person  on  whom  a  bill  of  exchange  is 
drawn. 

The  person  to  whom  a  bill  or  money  is  paid. 

A  promise  to  pay  a  bill  when  due. 

The  time  when  a  bill  becomes  due. 

To  accept  a  bill,  and  pay  it  when  due. 

To  decline  to  accept  or  pay  a  bill. 

The  signing  of  a  bill  by  an  agent  or  clerk. 

A  written  declaration  made  by  a  notary  public, 
declaring  a  bill  has  been  refused  acceptance 
or  payment. 

Three  days  allowed  for  the  payment  of  a  bill 
after  it  becomes  due. 

Bills  of  exchange  are  at  par  when  they  sell 
for  their  nominal  value ;  above  par  or  be- 
low par  when  they  sell  for  more  or  less. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


10^ 


107.  The  Suffix  ate. 

The  Latin  suffix  ate  with  verbs  =  to  make.  The  pupil  is  not  expected  to 
define  the  words  in  the  following  lessons.  Teachers  who  are  familiar  with 
Latin  can  give  the  more  important  roots. 


ar  tic'  u  late 
al  le  vi  ate 
ab  bre  vi  ate 
ac  com  mo  date 
af  fil  i  ate 
as  so  ci  ate 
ca  lum  ni  ate 
co  ag  u  late 
ca  pit  u  late 
com  mu  ni  cate 
con  cil  i  ate 
con  tarn  i  nate 


ap  pro'  pri  ate 
ap  prox  i  mate 
an  tic  i  pate 
as  sim  i  late 
ac  cu  mu  late 
an  ni  hi  late 
cor  rob  o  rate 
dis  crim  i  nate 
de  nom  i  nate 
de  pre  ci  ate 
de  gen  er  ate 
de  pop  u  late 


al;  ien  ate 
ag  gra  vate 
ag  gre  gate 
al  ter  nate 
am  pu  tate 
ar  bi  trate 
cal  cu  late 
cul  ti  vate 
cas  ti  gate 
cir  cu  late 
dev  as  tate 
dec  i  mate 


dec'  o  rate 
dis  lo  cate 
dom  i  nate 
doc  trin  ate 
du  pli  cate 
del  e  gate 
e  vac'  u  ate 
e  lim  i  nate 
ex'  tri  cate 
em  i  grate 
im  mo  late 
in  sti  gate 
rep  ro  bate 
pro  eras'  ti  nate 
rec'  re  ate 


108.  The  Suffix  ate, 

e  man'  ci  pate 
e  rad  i  cate 
e  vap  o  rate 
in  tox  i  cate 
ex  as  per  ate 
ex  on  er  ate 
in'  su  late 
in  ti  mate 
ir  ri  gate 
im  pre  cate 
in  di  cate 
ger  mi  nate 
pop  u  late 
em'  u  late 
cog  i  tate 


ex  hil'  a  rate 
ex  co  ri  ate 
ex  pos  tu  late 
ex  pa  ti  ate 
ex  pec  to  rate 
ex  ten  u  ate 
fa  cil  i  tate 
fe  lie  i  tate 
flue'  tu  ate 
ful  mi  nate 
liu  mil'  i  ate 
hy  poth  e  cate 
ob  fus  cate 
de  bil  i  tate 
pre  var  i  cate 


110 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


ac'  cu  rate 
as  pi  rate 
ad  e  quate 
ag  gre  gate 
con  glom'  er  ate 
in'  tri  cate 
ul  ti  mate 


110. 


balm 

chord 

chyme 

chyle 

clang 

cone 

disc 

dose 

dram 


gnome 


109.  Adjectives  ending  in  ate. 

Ate  =  having,  < 

jr  pertaining  to. 

con  fed 

'  er  ate 

in  vet'  er  ate 

con  sid 

er  ate 

in  vi  o  late 

con  sum'  mate 

in  sa  ti  ate 

af  fee  tion  ate 

im  me  di  ate 

3                 ef  fern  i 

nate 

im  mod  er  ate 

e  lab  o 

rate 

in  ver  te  brate 

il  lit  er 

ate 

pre  cip  i  tate 

ifficult  Monosyllables  of  Greek 

Origin. 

jot 

pore 

sphinx 

lamp 

psalm 

sphere 

lobe 

pyre 

spleen 

mock 

plague 

sylph 

myth 

rheum 

theme 

nymph 

rhomb 

throb 

ode 

scene 

thvme 

pause 

scheme 

tomb 

phrase 

zone 

tome 

phlegm 

scope 

trope 

me  die7  in  al 
pan  a  ce'  a 
e  met7  ic 
rec'  i  pe 
an'  o  dyne 
an'  ti  dote 


111.   Words  relating  to  Medicine. 

Belonging  to  medicine. 

A  medicine  that  cures  all  diseases. 

A  medicine  that  excites  vomiting. 

A  medical  prescription. 

A  medicine  which  allays  pain,  or  causes  sleep. 

A  medicine  which  counteracts  the  effects  of 


a  poth'  e  ca  ry 
dis  pen'  sa  ry 


poison. 

One  who  prepares  and  sells  medicines. 

A  place  where  medicines  are  dispensed  to  the 
poor. 
ho  me  op1  a  thy    The  curing  diseases  by  medicines  which  pro- 
duce effects  similar  to  those  of  the  disease. 

Water  cure. 


hy  drop'  a  thy 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


Ill 


112.  "Words  often  misspelled. 

Sep' a  rate... not  to  be  spelled  with  er,  because  its  Latin  root  is 

paro. 
Aq'ue  duct... not  to  be  spelled  ac-gue,  because  its  first  root  is 

aqua  (water). 
Wednes'  day... not  to  be  spelled  Wem,  because  it  comes  from 

Woden,  the  name  of  the  Scandinavian  god  of 

war.     Remember  to  spell  dn,  and  not  den. 
Prin  ci  pal...  not  to  be  spelled  pie  when  most  important  is  meant, 

or  when  you  mean  the  master  of  a  school. 
Prin  ci  pie...  not  to  be  spelled  pal  when  you  mean  rule. 
Which... not  to  be  spelled  without  the  h.     In  Anglo-Saxon  it 

was  spelled  hw,  but  now  it  is  wk. 
These... not  to  be  spelled  thes. 
Dai'  ly...not  to  be  spelled  dayly. 


113.  French  Words  and  Phrases. 

Nasal  n  denoted  by  a  capital  letter. 


reveille 


tout-ensemble 

ci-devant 

double-entendre 

tete-a-tete 

vis-a-vis 

sangfroid 

au  fait 

beau  monde 

bon  ton 

en  route 

en  suite 

en  masse 

en  passant 


(re  val'ya),  morning  call  by  beat  of 

drum, 
(too  taN  saN'bl'),        general  appearance. 
(se  de  vaN'),  formerly. 

(doo'bl'aN  taN  dr')}    double  meaning. 

close  talk ;  head  to  head. 

opposite  ;   face  to  face. 

coldness ;  self-possession* 

well-skilled ;  perfect. 

fashionable  society. 

good  style. 


(tat  a  tat7), 
(ve  za  ve'), 
(saN  frwah' ), 

(o  fe'), 

(bo  moNd'), 

(boN'toN'), 
(aN  root'), 
(aN  sweet'), 
(a.N  mass'), 
(aN  pas'sant), 


on  the  way. 
in  company 
in  a  body, 
by  the  way. 


together. 


IU 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


114.  Lesson  in  distinguishing  Words. 


Em  u  la'  tion  for  equality. 
Com  pe  ti7  tion  for  superiority. 

Im  ped7  i  ment  hinders  progress. 
Ob'  sta  cle  prevents  progress. 

0  bilged7  by  necessity. 
Bound  by  obligation. 

Dis  creet/  in  advising. 
Pru7  dent  in  taking  advice. 

Fa7  ded,  but  may  revive. 
With7  ered,  and  cannot  revive. 


Im  prac7  ti  ca  ble,  not  in  the 

circumstances  possible. 
Im  pos7  si  ble,  not  in  nature 
possible. 

Li7  bel,  slander  written  or  pub- 
lished. 
Def  a  ma'  tion,  slander  spoken. 

De  tained7  by  waiting  for  some- 
thing. 

Hin'  dered  by  the  badness  of 
the  roads. 


115.   Americanisms. 


Note.  —  The  teacher  will  explain  the  peculiar  use  of  these  expressions. 


cau7  cus 
lynch  law 
stump  speech 
spread  ea7  gle 
green  back 
war  whoop 
cal  cu  late 
shod  dy 
bo  gus 
corn  field 
loaf  er 
row  dy 
scalp  lock 
back  woods 
pros  pect  ing 
yan  kee 


hoo'  sier 
buck  eye 
hoe  cake 
bun  combe 
risk  y 
horn  i  ny 
lob  by 
mile  age 
mail  car 
do  nate 
dick  er 
clear  ings 
dig  gings 
squat  ter 
grog  ger  y 
fresh  et 


fix'  ings 
husk  ings 
chow  der 
clam  bake 
corn  cake 
mass  meet  ing 
bread  stuffs 
smoke  stack 
fore  hand  ed 
bam  boo7  zle 
straw7  bail 
dead  head 
dead  beat 
log  roll 
out  sid7  ers 
sue7  co  tash 


SECOND    YEAR»S    WORK. 


113 


116.   Common  Errors  in  Pronunciation. 


New  E 

England. 

South  and  West. 

ben 

for 

been 

bar 

for 

bear 

chist 

cc 

chest 

thar 

cc 

there 

jist 

CC 

just 

whar 

cc 

where 

dew 

CC 

do 

star 

cc 

stair 

dee'  strict 

cc 

dis'  trict 

do 

cc 

door 

sar  ten 

(( 

cer  tain 

har 

cc 

hair 

sass 

(C 

sauce 

skeart 

cc 

scared 

haouw 

cc 

how 

i'dea 

<c 

i  de'a 

waal 

cc 

well 

wunst 

cc 

once 

ruff 

cc 

roof 

yere 

cc 

here 

jiste 

cc 

joist 

char 

cc 

chair 

dawg 

cc 

dog 

gwine 

cc 

going 

gawd 

cc 

god 

tuk 

cc 

took 

laaf 

<c 

laugh 

haalf 

cc 

half 

117.  French  Words. 


attachS 

(at  ta  sha'), 

an  official. 

souvenir 

(soo  ve  neer/), 

a  keepsake. 

ennui 

(aN  nwe'), 

weariness. 

morceau 

(mor  so'), 

morsel. 

coiffure 

(coiffure), 

headdress. 

chignon 

(shin' yon), 

a  style  of  dressing  hair. 

reconnoissance 

(re  con'nis  sans), 

examination. 

retrousse 

(ret  roo  sa'), 

turned  up. 

parole 

(pa  rol'), 

word  of  honor. 

deshabille 

(daz  a  bel'), 

an  undress. 

parterre 

(par  tar7), 

flower  bed. 

cortege 

(cor  tazh'), 

train  of  attendants. 

denouement 

(da  noo  maN/), 

end  of  a  plot. 

de'colleti 

(da  col  ta'), 

low-necked. 

114 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


118.   Color  and  Appearance. 


speck'  led 
freck  led 
mar  bled 
dap  pled 
griz  zled 
brin  died 
mot  tied 
cloud  ed 
spot  ted 
striped 
streaked 
check  ered 


pie'  bald 
mot  ley 
rud  dy 
flor  id 
clar  et 
chest  nut 
sor  rel 
ha  zel 
ol  ive 
taw  ny 
rus  set 
eb  on 


sight 
scene 
view 
phase 
guise 
mien 
hue 
vis'  ta 
vi  sion 
as  pect 
pros  pect 
pic  ture 


land'  scape 
seen  er  y 
spec  ta  cle 
pag  eant 
spec  ter 
phan  torn 
pan  o  ra'  ma 
vis'  age 
com  plex'  ion 
coun'  te  nance 
lin  e  a  ment 
phy  si  og'  no  my 


119.  Lesson  in  distinguishing  Words. 


We  choose  one  from  a  number. 
We  pre  fer'  one  to  another. 

We  com  pre  hend'  what  we  ful- 
ly understand. 

We  ap  pre  hend7  what  we  do 
not  fully  comprehend,  as  eter- 
nity. 

We  cease  talking. 
We  leave  off  work. 

We  dis  cov'  er  what  before  ex- 
isted. 

We  in  vent7  what  did  not  exist 
before. 

We  join  hands. 

We  u7  nite  two  into  one. 


We  lead  a  blind  man. 
We  guide  a  traveler. 

We  re  mil'  ner  ate  for  services 

received. 
We  com'  pen  sate  for  injury  or 

loss. 

We  re  turn7  what  we  have  bor- 
rowed. 

We  re  store'  what  we  have 
taken. 

We  sur  ren'der  what  is  ours 
by  right. 

We  sym7  pa  thize  with  the  af- 
flicted. 

We  pi7  ty  the  distressed. 

We  have  com  pas7  sion  on  the 
miserable. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


115 


120.  Means  of  Conveyance. 


car 

wag'  on 

ship 

clip'  per 

cart 

bug  gy 

boat 

pack  et 

cab 

sulk  y 

bark 

frig  ate 

hack 

car  riage 

brig 

schoon  er 

coach 

pha'  e  ton 

sloop 

cut  ter 

chaise 

char  i  ot 

junk 

light  er 

dray 

cur  ri  cle 

craft 

shal  lop 

sleigh 

ve  hi  cle 

ca  noe' 

pin  nace 

sled 

car  i  ole 

ves'  sel 

lug  ger 

sledge 

rock  a  way 

steam  er 

gun  boat 

truck 

am  bu  lance 

steam  boat 

mon'  i  tor 

wain 

stage  coach 

steam  ship 

i  ron  clad 

bar7  ris  ter 
at  tor'  ney 


121.   Words  relating  to  Law. 

bar  The  place  where  lawyers  plead.     The  seat  of 

justice. 
A  lawyer  admitted  to  plead  at  the  bar. 
A   person   appointed  by  another   to   transact 

business  for  him. 
no'  ta  ry  pub'  lie   A  person  who  is  legally  authorized  to  attest 

contracts  or  writings. 
A  law  officer  who  arrests  persons,  collects  fines, 

&c,  in  the  name  of  the  sheriff. 
A  law  officer  that  inquires  into  the  causes  of 

violent  death. 
An  inferior  lawyer. 
One  who  employs  a  lawyer. 
An  analysis  of  a  lawyer's  argument. 


bail'  iff 

cor'  o  ner 

pet'  ti  fog  ger 
cli'  ent 
brief 


coun'  sel 
bench 


A  lawyer  charged  with  a  case  which  he  is  to 

manage  before  the  court. 
Where  the  judge  sits  in  the  court  room. 


116 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


122.  Wealth,  Wit,  and  their  opposites. 


mon'  ey 

pov'  er  ty 

hu'  mor 

jest'  er 

rich  es 

beg  gar  y 

fan  cy 

jok  er 

for  tune 

des  ti  tu'  tion 

droll  er  y 

pun  ster 

mam  nion 

in'  di  gence 

wag  ger  y 

buf  foon' 

prop  er  ty 

pau'  per  ism 

wit  ti  cism 

clown 

com  pe  teuce 

in  sol'  ven  cy 

fa  ce'  tious 

hu'  mor  ist 

rev  e  nue 

pen'  ni  less 

com'  ic 

stu  pid 

in  come 

bank  rupt 

jo  cose' 

stol  id 

af  flu  ence 

ne  ces'  si  tous 

laugh'  a  ble 

plod  ding 

op  u  lence 

need'  y 

lu  di  crous 

hum  drum 

le'  gal 

le  git'  i  mate 
il  le'  gal 
a  nom'  a  ly 


123.  Words  relating  to  the  Law, 

Belonging  to  law ;  as,  legal  proceedings. 
According  to  law,  lawful ;  as,  a  legitimate  heir. 
Contrary  to  law ;  as,  an  illegal  act. 
Deviation  from  the  common  ride  or  law  of 


to  leg'  is  late 

code 

ju/  rist 

ju  ris  pru'  dence 

de  fault' 

to  ab'  ro  gate 
lit'  i  gant 
non'  suit 
plain'  tiff 
de  fend'  ant 

chi  cane' 
out'  law 
e'dict 


things. 

To  make  laws. 

A  collection  of  laws. 

One  skilled  in  civil  law. 

The  science  of  law. 

Failure  of  appearance  in  court,  as  of  a  defend- 
ant. 

To  repeal  or  revoke  a  law. 

One  engaged  in  a  lawsuit. 

The  end  of  a  suit  by  failure  to  prosecute. 

The  person  in  whose  favor  a  lawsuit  is  brought. 

A  person  against  whom  a  lawsuit  is  brought. 

A  trick  in  law  proceedings. 
One  excluded  from  the  protection  of  the  law. 
A  law  proclaimed  by  order  of  the  sovereign ; 
as,  an  edict  of  the  Eussian  emperor. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


117 


124.   "Words  relating  to  Poetry. 


met'  ric  al 
po'  et  as  ter 
verse 

blank  verse 
stan7  za 

coup'  let 

trip'  let 
foot 

scan'  ning 
hex  am'  e  ter 
pros'  o  dy 
ode 

el'  e  gy 
lyr' ics 


ep'ic 


pas'  tor  als 

mon'  o  dy 
a  cros'  tic 

po'  et  lau'  re  ate 


dog'  ger  el 
4i'  a  lect 


Belonging  to  poetry  ;  as,  a  metrical  version. 

A  person  that  writes  poetry  of  inferior  quality. 

One  line  of  poetry  ;  also  poetry  itself. 

Poetry  without  rhyme. 

A  number  of  lines  of  poetry  connected  with 
each  other. 

Two  lines  of  poetry  making  complete  sense ;  a 
distich. 

Three  lines  of  poetry  making  complete  sense. 

A  certain  number  of  syllables  forming  part  of  a 
line  of  poetry. 

Examining  poetry  by  counting  the  feet. 

A  verse  consisting  of  six  feet. 

That  part  of  grammar  which  treats  of  poetry. 

A  poem  that  may  be  set  to  music,  or  sung. 

A  mournful  poem ;  a  funeral  song. 

Poems  which  directly  express  the  emotions  of 
the  poet ;  anciently,  songs  sung  to  the  lyre. 

A  poem  which  relates  a  story,  real  or  fictitious, 
in  an  elevated  style. 

Poems  descriptive  of  the  life  and  manners  of 
shepherds. 

A  poem  sung  by  one  person  only. 

A  poem  of  which  the  first  letters  of  the  lines 
make  up  a  name. 

A  poet  employed  in  England  by  the  sovereign 
to  write  poems  on  special  occasions,  as  on 
the  birth  or  marriage  of  a  prince.  The  pres- 
ent (1896)  poet  laureate  of  England  is  Alfred 
Austin. 

Mean,  irregular  verse. 

Verses  written  in  a  particular  dialect,  as  the 
"  Heathen  Chinee,"  by  Bret  Harte. 


118 


SWINTON'S    WORD    BOOK. 


125.    Common  French  Words. 


apropos 

(ap'ro  po), 

to  the  point. 

garqon 

(gar  son), 

a  boy  or  waiter. 

naivete 

(na,  ev  ta,'), 

simplicity. 

salle 

(sal), 

a  hall. 

chapeau 

(sha  po'), 

hat. 

chateau 

(sha  to'), 

country  seat. 

regime 

(ra  zheem'), 

system. 

roue 

(roo  a/), 
126.    Quarterly  Review. 

a  dissipated  man. 

sphinx 

ar  tic'  u  late 

at  ten'  tive 

nymph 

al'ien  ate 

e  lect  ive 

thvme 

* 

con  cil'i  ate 

cov'e  tous 

phlegm 

as  so  ci  ate 

far  i  na'ceous 

scheme 

ex  pa  ti  ate 

mea'ger 

rec'i  pe 

e  lab  o  rate 

fer  ti  lize 

cau  cus 

pan  a  ce'a 

na  tion  al'i  ty 

shod  dy 

ho  me  op' a  thy 

rec  ol  lee' tion 

chi'  gnon 

chiv'al  rv 

sue  ces'  sion 

spec  ter 

sep  a  rate 

ad  vise' 

phase 

phys  i  og'no  my 

en' ter  prise 

stol  id 

lin'e  a  ment 

mo  sa'ic 

wag  on 

rev  e  nue 

pol  i  ti'cian 

lyr  ics 

pros  o  dy 

phi  lol'o  gist 

re  gime' 

spe  cies 

sly'ly 

a  byss 

hos  pi  tal 

stead  i  est 

balm 

pyr  a  mid 

a  nal'y  sis 

fa  cade' 

con  science 

ra'di  us 

col'  or 

el  e  gant 

al  tar 

da  ta 

un  pleas' ant 

Je  ho'vah 

safe  ty 

be  nev  o  lent 

si'ren 

ve  hi  cle 

con'se  quence 

an  guish 

piety 

au'di  ble 

reg  i  men 

dis  tance 

a  mi  a  ble 

nau  seous 

e/i  dent 

di  vis'i  ble 

spi  cy 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


119 


SEVENTH    MONTH. 

127*  Derivations  from  Latin  Root  to  stretch. 

Tenfdo,  ten'sum  =  to  stretch.     162  words  are  formed  from  this  root. 

Note.  —  In  the  following  lessons,  pupils  are  not  expected  to  give  exact  and  discriminat- 
ing definitions  of  all  words  classified  under  the  several  root  words.  They  will  get  the 
general  drift  of  the  meaning,  however  ;  and  the  extent  to  which  defining  shall  be  carried 
must  depend  upon  the  time  of  the  teacher,  and  the  age  and  advancement  of  pupils. 


at  tend' 

in  ten'  tion 

pre  ten'  sion 

at  ten  tion 

in  ten  sive 

pre  ten  tious 

at  tend  ance 

con  tend 

dis  tend 

at  ten  tive 

con  tent 

dis  ten  sion 

ex  tend 

con  ten  tion 

por  tend 

ex  ten  sion 

con  ten  tious 

por  tent  ous 

ex  tent 

con  tend  ing 

su  per  in  tend7 

in  tend 

pre  tend 

os  ten  ta'  tious 

in  tense 

pre  tense 

128.   To  lead. 

Dufco,  due! turn  =  to  lead. 

os  ten'  si  ble 

re  duce' 

re  due'  tion              con  duce' 

tra  duce' 

in  duce 

in  due  tion               con  duct 

ed7  u  cate 

e  duce 

e  due  tion                con'  duct 

ed  u  ca'  tion 

pro  duce 

pro  due  tion             due  tile 

in  tro  duce 

de  duce 

de  due  tion              prod  uce 

in  tro  duo  tion 

de  duct 

de  duct  ive              prod  uct 

aq'  ue  duct 

129.    To  make. 

Faf cio,  facf turn  =  to  make.    More  than  500  words  are  formed  from  this  root. 


de  feet' 
in  feet 
per  feet 
af  feet 
ef  feet 
de  face 


de  fec^  tion 
in  fee  tion 
per  fee  tion 
af  fee  tion 
ef  feet  ive 
de  face  ment 


pa  cif '  ic 
ef  fi  cient 
for'  feit 
for  fei  ture 
suf  lice' 
suf  fi  cient 


de  fi'  cient 
of  fi  ci  ate 
ben  e  fac'  tor 
de  fee'  tion 
de  fi  cien  cy 
man  u  fac'  ture 


120 


SWINTOK'S   WO&D-BOOK. 


fact 
fac'  tor 
fac  tions 
fac  to  ry 
of  fice 
of  fi'  cial 
of  fi  cious 
per  feet 
per  fee  tion 
prof'  it 
pro  fi'  cient 
pro  fi  cien  cy 


130.  To  make. 

Fa!  do,  fac' turn  =  to  mahe. 

pu'  ri  fy 
glo  ri  fy 
rar  e  fy 
clas  si  fy 
fal  si  fy 
jus  ti  fy 
sim  pli  fy 
no  ti  fy 
am  pli  fy 
clar  i  fy 
de  i  fy 
beau  ti  fy 

3.31.   To  call. 

Vofco,  vocaHum  =  to  call. 


voice 
vo'  cal 
vow  el 
vo  cal  ize 
vouch  er 
voc  a  tive 
vo  ca'tion 


ad'vo  cate 
vo  cab'  u  la  ry 
cor/  vo  cate 
e  quiv'  o  cate 
e  quiv  o  ca'  tion 
e  quiv7  o  cat  or 
e  quiv  o  cal 


in  vo  ca'  tion 
prov  o  ca  tion 
con  vo  ca  tion 
av  o  ca  tion 
rev  o  ca  tion 
ir  rev'  o  ca  ble 
vo  cif  er  ate 


de  fi'  cient 
de  fi'  cien  cy 
ef  fi  cient 
def '  i  cit 
sat  is  fac'  tion 
ben  e  fac  tion 
be  nef '  i  cence 
ben  e  fi7  cial 
a/ti  fice 
ar  ti  fi'  cial 
cer  tif '  i  cate 
oi/i  fice 


in  voice7 
pro  voke 
re  voke 
con  voke 
vo'  cal  ist 
vouch  safe' 
vo  cif  er  ous 


ad'  vent 
ad  ven'  ture 
ad  ven'  tur  ous 
ad  ven  ti'  tious 
ad  ven'  tur  er 
con  ven  ience 


132.   To  come. 

Ve'nio,  ven'tum  =  to  come. 


con  ven'  tion 
con  ven  tion  al 
pre  ven  tion 
in  ven  tion 
cir  cum  vent' 
in  ter  vene 


con  vene' 
con'  vent 
cov  e  nant 
in  vent' 
in  vent  or 
in  vent  ive 


ven'  ture 
ven  ture  some 
e  vent' 
e  ven  tu  al 
e  ven  tu  ate 
pre  vent  ive 


SECOND   YEAR'S   WORK. 


121 


133.  To  send. 

MitHo,  mis'sum  =  to  send,  to  let  go.     174  words 

ad  mis'  sion 
ad  mit  tance 
ad  mis  si  ble 
com  mit 
com  mis  sion 
com'  mis  sa  ry 
com  mit'  tee 


mis'  sion 
mis  sive 
mis  sile 
o  mit' 


o  mis'  sion 
e  mit 

e  mis'  sion 
ad  mit 
prom'  ise 
prom  is  ing 
prom  is  so  ry 
pre  mise7 
prem'  ise 


Cafpio,  capHum 
this  root, 
cap'  tive 
cap  ture 
cap  tious 
ca  pa'  cious 
ac  cept 
pre'  cept 
con  ceit' 


Ten'eo,  tenHum  = 

con  tain' 
con  tent 
de  tain 
de  ten  tion 
con  tin  ue 
con'  ti  nent 
ab  stain' 


com'  pro  mise 
sub  mit' 
sub  mis  sion 
sub  mis  sive 
trans  mit 
trans  mis  sion 


are  formed  from  thia  root 

dis  miss' 
dis  mis  sion 
dis  mis  sal 
per  mit 
per'  mit 
per  mis'  sion 
,<per  mis  si  ble 
re  mit 
re  mit  tance 
re  miss 
re  miss  ness 
re  mit  tal 
sur  mise 


134.   To  take. 

to  take,  to  lay  hold  of.     197  words  are  formed  from 


de  ceit' 
per  ceive 
ex  cept 
re  ceive 
con  ceive 
re  ceipt 
rec'  i  pe 

135.    To  hold. 

to  hold,  to  keep.     168  words 

ten'  ant 
ab  sti  nence 
en  ter  tain' 
ap  per  tain 
ap  pur'  te  nance 
main  tain 
main'  te  nance 


re  cip'  ient 
re  cep  tive 
oc'  cu  py 
oc  cu  pa'  tion 
par'  ti  ci  pie 
par  tic7  i  pate 
par  tic  i  pant 


are  formed  from  this  root. 

ob  tain'  a  ble 
im  per  ti  nent 
per  ti  na'  cious 
per  ti  nac  i  ty 
coun'  te  nance 
con  tin'  u  ance 
en  ter  tain'  ment 


122 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK, 


136.  To  put. 

Porno,  pos1  Hum  =  to  put.     250  words  are  formed 

com  pose'  trans  pose' 

de  pose  pro  pose 

dis  pose  re  pose 

ex  pose  pro  pound 

im  pose  com  pound 

op  pose  post  pone 

f 

137.  To  turn. 

VerHo,  ver1  sum  =  to  turn. 

in  vert'  in  ver'  sion 

a  vert  a  ver  sion 

sub  vert  sub  ver  sion 

con  vert  con  ver  sion 

per  vert  per  ver  sion 

re  vert  re  ver  sion  re  verse' 


ver  sion 
vor  tex 
ob  verse 
trav  erse 
trans  verse 


from  this  root. 

pur'  pose 
pos  i  tive 
op  po  site 
im  pos'  tor 
im  pos  ture 
com  pos  i  tor 


ver'  sa  tile 
in  verse 
ad  verse 
con  verse' 
con  ver  sa'  tion 
ad  ver  tise' 


Felro,  la'tum 
root. 

col  late' 
di  late 
re  late 
e  late 
trans  late 
leg'  is  late 


at  tract' 
at  trac'  tion 
at  tract  ive 
con  tract' 
con'  tract 


138.    To  carry. 

to  bear,  carry,  bring,     198  words  are  formed  from  this 


col  la'  tion 
di  la  tion 
e  la  tion 
re  la  tion 
trans  la  tion 
leg  is  la'  tion 


139.    To  draw. 

Tra'ho,  trac1  turn  =  to  draw,  drag. 
de  trac'  tion        sub  tract' 


re  fer' 

ref '  er  ence 

con  fer 

con  fer  ence 

pre  fer 

pref  er  ence 

de  fer 

def  er  ence 

dif '  fer 

dif  fer  ence 

in  fer' 

in  fer  ence 

ex  tract' 
ex'  tract 
re  tract' 
re  trac  tion 


sub  trac'  tion 
sub'  tra  bend 
dis  tract' 
dis  trac'  tion 


ab  strac'  tion 
ex  trac  tion 
in  tract  a  ble 
con  tract  i  ble 
con  trac  tion 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


IV6 


140.    To  fold. 

PIVco,  plicaHum  =  to  fold.     200  words  are  formed  from  this  root. 


ap  ply7 

ap  pli  ca7  tion 

pli7  ant 

dis  play7 

imply 

im  pli  ca  tion 

pli  a  ble 

com  plex 

com  ply 

com  pli7  ance 

sup  ply7 

per  plex 

com7  pli  cate 

com  pli  ca7  tion 

sup7  pli  ant          re  ply 

im  pli  cate 

du7  pli  cate 

sim  ply 

tri'  pie 

sup  pli  cate 

sup  pli  ca7  tion 

sim  pli  fy 

trip  let 

mul  ti  ply 

mul  ti  pli  ca7  tion         ex  plic7  it 
141.   The  end. 

tre  ble 

Fi'nis  = 

end  or  limit. 

fi7  nite 

in'  fi  nite 

con  fine7 

de  fin7  a  ble 

fi  nal 

in  fin7  i  ty 

con  fine  ment 

af  fin7  i  ty 

fin  ish 

in  fin  i  tive 

de  fine 

su'  per  fine 

fine  ness 

in  fin  i  tude 

def '  i  nite 

in  def7  i  nite 

fin  er  y 

re  fine 

de  fin7  i  tive 

un  fin  islied 

fin  i  cal 

re  fine  ment 

def  i  ni7  tion 

un  de  fin7  a  ble 

142.   To  carry  and  to  write. 

PorHo,  porta1  turn  =  to  carry 

;  scri'bo,  scripHum  ■■ 

=  to  write. 

ex'  port 

port7  al 

in  scribe7 

scrib7  ble 

im  port 

port  li  ness 

in  scrip  tion 

scrip  ture 

pur  port 

port  a  ble 

de  scribe 

post  script 

re  port7 

port  fol7  io 

pro  scribe 

tran  script 

sup  port 

im  port  ant 

as  cribe 

con  script 

trans  port 

de  port  ment 

in  scribe 

scrive  ner 

143.    To  turn  and  to  Row. 

TlecHotflecHum  =  to  turn,  bend;  flw 'o ,  flux1 'um  =  to  flow. 


de  fleet' 
de  flee  tion 
in  fleet 
in  flee  tion 
re  fleet 
*:e  flee  tion 


flex7  i  ble 
flex  i  bil'  i  ty 
re7  flex 
cir  cum  flex 
in  flex'  i  ble 
re  fleet  or 


af 7  flu  ent 
af  flu  ence 
con  flu  ence 
ef  flu  ence 
efflux 
ef  flu7  via 


flu'  en  cy 
fluidity 
in7  flux 
re  flux 
in  flu  ence 
su  per'  flu  ous 


124  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


144. 

To  stand. 

Sto,  staHum 

=  to  stand,  to  set. 

dis'  tant 

dis'  tance 

ex'  tant 

re  in  state' 

con  stant 

con'  stan  cy 

con  trasc" 

con'  sti  tute 

sta  ble 

sta  bil'  i  ty 

ar  rest 

con  sti  tu'  tion 

sta  tion 

sta'  tion  a  ry 

stand'  ard 

cir'  cum  stance 

sta  tus 

in  sti  tu'  tion 

sol  stice 

des  ti  tu'  tion 

in  stant 

in'  stance 

stam'  i  na 

pros  ti  tu  tion 

145.   To  drive. 

PeVlo,  puVsum  =  to  drive,  push,  strike,  beat. 

com  pel'  im  pel'  pro  pel'  pul'  sate 

com  pul'  sion  im'  pulse  pro  pul'  sion  pul  sa'  tion 

com  pul'  so  ry  im  pul'  sive  dis  pel'  re  pul  sion 

ex  pel'  re  pel'  ap  peal'  re  pel  lent 

ex  pul'  sion  re  pulse'  ap  pel'  lant  dis  pelled' 

ex  pel'  ling  re  pul'  sive  ap  pel  la'  tion  re  pelled' 

146.    Word,  life,  and  live. 

Ver^ bum  =  word;  viHa  =  life ;  viho  =  to  live. 


verb 

vi'  tal   • 

vi'  ands 

sur  vive' 

ver'  bal 

vi  tals 

vict  uals 

sur  viv'  or 

ver  bose' 

vi  tal'  i  ty 

viv' i  fy 

viv'  id  ness 

ver'  bi  age 

vi'  tal  ize 

con  viv'  i 

al 

con  viv  i  al'  i  t) 

ad'  verb 

vi  vac'  i  ty 

re  vive' 

re  viv'  i  f}' 

prov  erb 

vi  va  cious 

re  viv'  al 

vi  vip'  a  rous 

147.    To  see. 

Vi'deo,  vishim  =  to  cee.     160  words  are  formed  from  this  root. 


vis'  age 

vi'  sor 

ad  vi'  so  ry 

pru'  dence 

vis' i  ble 

vis  ta 

en' w 

re  vise 

vi'sion 

vi'  sion  a  ry 

en'  vi  ous 

re  vi  sion 

vis  it 

vis  it  a'  tion 

ev'  i  dence 

sur  vey' 

vis'  it  or 

ad  vice' 

pro  vide' 

sur  vey'  or 

vis  it  ant 

nd  vise' 

pro  vi'  sion 

su  per  vise* 

vis  u  al 

ad  vis'  er 

prov' i  dence 

su  per  vi'  sor 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


125 


EIGHTH    MONTH. 

148.  Saving  and  serving. 

Serho,  servo! turn  =  to  save,  to  keep ;  ser'vio,  ser1  vi  turn  =  to  serve. 


serv'  ant 
re  serve' 
res  er  va'  tion 
res7  er  voir 
pre  serve' 


ob  serve' 
ob  serv  ance 
ob  serv  ant 
ob  ser  va'  tion 
ob  serv' a  to  ry 


serv' ice 
serv  ile 
serv  il'  ity 
serv'  i  tude 
sub  serve' 


ser'  geant 
de  serve' 
de  serv'  ing 
ser'  vice  a  ble 
sub  serv'  i  ence 


pres  er  va'  tion    con  serv  a  to  ry    sub  serv  i  ent    de  serv  ed  ly 


149.   Knowing  and  feeling. 

Scl'o  =  to  know ;  sen'tio  =  to  feel. 


con'  science 
con  scious 
sci  ence 
sci  en  tif  ic 
om  nis'  cience 
om  nis  cient 


sen  sa'  tion 
sen'  si  ble 
sen  si  bil'  i  ty 
sen'  si  tive 
sen  su  ous 
sen  su  al  ist 


as  sent' 
dis  sent 
con  sent 
re  sent 
sen'  tence 
non  sense 


sen'  ti  ment 
dis  sent'  er 
dis  sen  sion 
re  sent  ful 
sen'  tient 
non  sen'  si  cal 


150.   Binding  and  building. 

Strinfgo,  stric' turn  =  to  bind;  strufo,  struc1  turn  =  to  build,  pile. 


strin'  gent 
strict  ness 
re  strict' 
re  stric  tion 
con  strain 
con  straint 


re  straint' 
re  strict  ive 
stric'  ture 
dis  trict 
strain  ing 
strain  er 


struc'  ture 
in  struc'  tion 
in  struct  ive 
de  struc  tion 
de  struc  tive 
con  struc  tion 


ob  struct' 
ob  struc  tion 
de  stroy 
con  struct 
con'  strue 
in  struct'  or 


151.    Taking  and  jumping. 

Su'mo,  sumpHum  =  to  take ;  sal'io,  saVtum  =  to  jump. 


as  sume' 

pre  sume' 

sal'  ly 

ex  ult' 

as  sump  tion 

pre  sump  tion 

salm  on 

as  sault 

con  sume 

pre  sump  tive 

sa  li  ent 

as  sail 

con  sump  tion 

re  sume 

in  suit' 

des'  id  to  ry 

con  sump  tive 

re  sump  tion 

con  suit 

ex  ul  ta'  tion 

126  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

152.   Melt  and  look. 

SoVvo,  soluHum  =  to  free  or  loosen ;  spe'cio,  spec1  turn  =  to  look. 

solve  res  o  lu7  tion  in  spect7  re'  tro  spect 

sol'  vent  dis  solve'  in  spec  tion         cir7  cum  spect 

sol'  ven  cy  dis  so  lu7  tion  sus  pect  per  spec'  tive 

so  lu'  tion  ab'  so  lute  sus  pi'  cion  spe7  cious 

sol7  u  ble  ab  so  lu7  tion  pros'  pect  spe  cif7  ic 

re  solve7  dis7  so  lute  as  pect  spec7  ter 

153.   Carry  and  roll. 

Ve'ho,  vecHum  =  to  carry ;  voVvo,  voluHum  =  to  roll. 

ve7  hi  cle  in  veigh7  re  volve7  rev  o  lu7  tion 

ve  he  ment  con  vey  in  volve  in  vo  lu  tion 

ve  he  mence  con  vey  ance         e  volve  ev  o  lu  tion 

vex  a7  tion  con7  vex  de  volve  de  volv'  ing 

vex  a  tious  con  vex7  i  ty  vol7  u  ble  vol  u  bil7  i  ty 

vex  a  tious  ly       in  vec  tive  vol  ume  vo  lu7  mi  nous 

154.   Touching  and  giving. 

Tan! go,  taciturn  =  to  touch  ;  triWuo,  tribuHum  =  to  give. 

tan7  gent  con  ta7  gion  trib7  ute  con  tri  bu7  tion 

tan  gi  ble  con  ta  gious  trib  u  ta  ry  dis  trib'  ute 

in  tan7  gi  ble     con  tig  u  ous        at  trib7  ute  dis  tri  bu7  tion 

tac'  tile  con  ti  gu7  i  ty       at7  tri  bute  dis  trib7  u  tor 

in  tact'  con  tin'  gen  cy      con  trib'  ute  ret  ri  bu7  tion 

con7  tact  at  tach  ment         con  trib  u  tor  re  trib7  u  tive 

155.   True,  way,  one. 

Ve'rus  =  true;  vi'a  =  wag;  u'nus  =  one. 


ver'y 

de7  vi  ate 

per'  vi  ous 

u'nit 

ver7  i  ly 

de  vi  a7  tion 

triv  i  al 

u  nite7 

ver7  i  ta  ble 

de7  vi  ous 

triv'  i  al  ly 

u7  ni  tv 

ver'  i  fy 

pre  vi  ous 

im  per7  vi  ous 

un7  ion 

ve  ra7  cious 

ob  vi  ous 

un  de7  vi  a 

ting 

u  nique7 

ve  rac7  i  ty 

ob  vi  ate 

vi7  a  duct 

u'  ni  form 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WOEK, 


12? 


sur7  plus 
sur  name 
sur  face 
sur  mount' 
sur  pass 
sur  charge 


156.  The  Prefix  above. 

Su'per  =  above. 

su  per  add' 

su  per  vise 

su  per  fine 

su  per  car7  go 

su  per  nu'  mer  a  ry 

su  per  struc'  ture 


su  per  nat'  u  ral 
su  per  hu  man 
su  per  ex  eel  lent 
su  per  scrip  tion 
su  per  im  posed7 
su  per  a  bun7  dant 


157.  Hold. 

Pre  hen1  do,  pre  hen} sum  =  to  take  hold  of. 


ap  pre  hend7 

rep  re  hend7 

ap  prise' 

ap  pre  hen7  sive 

rep  re  hen'  si  ble 

com  prise 

ap  pre  hen7  sion 

com  pre  hen'  sive  ness 

com  pris'  ing 

com  pre  hend7 

com  pre  hen'  si  ble 

en'  ter  prise 

com  pre  hen7  sive 

mis  ap  pre  hend' 

sur  prise7 

com  pre  hen'  sion 

mis  ap  pre  hen'  sion 

im  pris'  on 

158.  Enough  and  Sacred. 

Sa'tis  =  enough ;  sa)cer  =  sacred. 


sat7  ed 
sa7  ti  ate 
sat  is  fy 
sa  ti7  e  ty 
sat  is  fac7  tion 


un  sat'  ed 
sat'  is  fy  ing 
in  sa'  tiate 
in  sa  ti  a  ble 
dis  sat  is  fy 


sat  is  fac  to  ry     dis  sat  is  fied 


sac'  ri  fice 
sac  ri  fi'  cial 
sac7  ri  lege 
sac  ri  le'  gious 
sac7  ra  ment 
sac  ra  men'  tal 


con7  se  crate 
con  se  era'  tion 
des7  e  crate 
des  e  era'  tion 
ex7  e  crate 
ex  e  era7  tion 


159.   Break  and  PoTPer. 

Pos'se,  po'tens  =  to  be  able ;  rum'po,  rup'tum  =  to  break,  to  burst. 


pos7  se 
pos  sess7 
pos  ses'  sion 
pos'  si  ble 
po'  tent 
po'  ten  cy 
po  ten'  tial 


po7  ten  tate 
pow7  er  ful 
pos  ses'  sive 
im7  po  tent 
im'  po  tence 
om  nip'  o  tent 
om  nip'  o  tence 


rup7  ture 
e  rup'  tion 
e  rup  tive 
ir  rup  tion 
cor  rupt' 
cor  rup7  tion 


dis  rupt' 
dis  rup'  tion 
ab  rupt' 
ab  rupt  ness 
in  ter  rupt' 
in  ter  rup'  tion 


cor  rupt7  i  ble     in  cor  rupt'  i  ble 


128 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


pa  ter'  nal 
pa  ter'  ni  ty 
pa'  tri  arch 
pa  tri  ar'  chal 
pa'  tri  ot 
pa  tri  ot'  ic 


160.  Father  and  Mother. 

Pa1  ter  =  father  ;  ma1  ter  —  mother. 

pa'  tron 
pat'  ro  nage 
pat'  ro  nize 
pa  tri'  cian 
pat'  ri  mo  ny 
par'  ri  cide 

161.  Bearing  and  Eating. 

TeWous  =  bearing ;  vohous  =  eating. 


ma  ter'  nal 
ma'  tron 
ma  ter'  ni  ty 
mat'  ri  mo  ny 
mat'  ri  cide 
ma'  tron  ly 


fer'  rum 

= 

iron 

fer  rif '  er  ous          = 

=  iron- 

bearing 

ar  gen'  turn  = 

silver 

ar  gen  tif '  er  ous     = 

=  silver-bearing 

au'rum 

= 

gold 

au  rif  er  ous           = 

=  gold- 

-bearing 

car  bo 

= 

coal 

car  bon  if  er  ous     = 

=  coal-bearing 

co  mis 

= 

cone 

co  nif  er  ous           = 

=  cone- 

■bearing 

car  nis 

= 

flesh 

car  niv'  o  rous         = 

=  flesh 

-eating 

her  bum 

= 

herb 

her  bivf  o  rous        = 

=  herb- 

■eating 

gra  min 

= 

grass 

gram  i  niv'  o  rous  = 

=  grass-eating 

162. 

Common  Latin  Words. 

De'us 

= 

God 

ho'  mo 

= 

man 

rex 

= 

king 

fern'  i  na 

= 

woman 

pa  ter 

= 

father 

puf  er 

=i. 

boy 

pa  tria 

= 

country 

nox 

= 

night 

ma  ter 

= 

mother 

di'  es 

= 

day 

fil  i  us 

= 

son 

an'  nus 

= 

year 

163.  Hanging. 

Pen'dec 

),  pen1  sum  =  to  hang. 

ap  pend' 

pend'  ing                         sus 

pend' 

ap  pend' 

age 

pen' 

dent                         sus 

pense 

de  pend' 

pen' 

du  lum                    sus 

pend'  ing 

de  pend' 

ence 

pen' 

du  lous                    sus 

pen'  sion 

de  pend' 

ent 

im  pend'  ing                   pro  pen'  si 

ty 

in'  de  pend  ence 

per  pen  die'  u  lar           per 

pen  die 

:'  u  lar  ly 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK.  129 

NINTH    MONTH. 

164.  "Words  relating  to  Debts. 

debt'  or  The  person  who  has  contracted  a  debt. 

cred'  i  tor  The  person  to  whom  a  debt  is  due. 

liq  ui  da'  tion  The  payment  or  lessening  of  a  debt. 

se  cu'  ri  ty  Something  pledged  to  secure  the  payment  of 

a  debt. 

sol'  ven  cy  Ability  to  pay  all  debts. 

in  sol'  ven  cy  Inability  to  pay  all  debts. 

bank'  rupt  A  person  who  cannot  pay  his  debts. 

in  stall'  ment  A  certain  proportion  of  a  debt  paid  at  stated 

periods. 

as'  sets  Goods  of  a  deceased  or  insolvent  person  sub- 

ject by  law  to  the  payment  of  his  debts. 

sure'  ty  One  who  becomes  security  for  a  debt  being 

paid. 

ces'  si  o  bo  no'  rum  A  bankrupt's  goods  or  effects  formally  given 

up  to  his  creditors. 

set-off  The  clearing  of  one  debt  by  another. 

se  qnes  tra'  tion       The  taking  possession  of  one's  property  till 

the  rent  or  profits  have  paid  his  debts. 

com  po  si'  tion  Mutual  agreement  for  the  discharge  of  a  debt. 

165.  Words  relating  to  Goods. 

mer'  chan  dise  Goods  bought  or  sold  in  trade. 

waif  Goods   found,   of  which  the  owner  is  not 

known. 

a'  gent  ") 

b    '  l      r  Person  commissioned  to  buy  or  sell  goods. 

a  con  sign'  ment      Goods  sent  or  delivered  to  an  agent  to  sell. 
bill  of  la'  ding        A  written  account  of  goods  shipped  by  one 

individual. 
bill  of  en'  try  A  written  account  of  goods  entered  at  the 

Customhouse. 


130  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

bon'  ded  goods     Goods  warehoused,  for  the  duty  on  which  bonds 

are  given  by  the  owner. 
gross  weight       The   whole    weight    of   goods,    including    the 

package. 
net  pro'  ceeds      The   sura   which   goods   produce    beyond   all 

charges  of  outlay. 
tran'  sit  du'  ty     A  duty  paid  on  goods  that  pass  through  a  for- 
eign country. 
tar'  iff  A  table  of  customs  or  duties  on  goods  exported 

and  imported. 
at  tach'  ment        The  writ  for  taking  possession  of  the  person  or 

goods  of  a  debtor. 
con7  tra  band  g.  Goods  prohibited  by  law  to  be  imported  or 

exported. 


166.  Words  relating  to  Money. 

mis;  er  One  who  renders  himself  miserable  by  his  love 

of  money. 
av'  a  rice  An  inordinate  desire  of  possessing  money, 

dis  burse'  ment    The  spending  or  paying  out  of  money. 
in  vest'  ment        The  laying  out  of  money  on  some  species  of 

property. 
prod  i  gal'  i  ty     Extravagance  in  the  expenditure  of  money. 
cred'  it  The  transfer  of  money  or  goods  in  confidence 

of  future  payment. 
spe'  cie  Cash  as  distinguished  from  paper  money. 

re  mit'  tance         Money  transmitted  from  one  firm  to  another  for 

goods  purchased. 
pre'  mi  um  Money  given  to  induce  purchases. 

U'  su  ry  Taking  more  than  the  legal  interest  for  the  use 

of  money. 
freight  Money  paid  for  the  transportation  of  goods. 

mort'  gage  The  pledge  of  property  or  goods  as  a  security 

for  the  payment  of  money. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


131 


na'  val 
nan/  ti  cal 

flo  til'  la 
ar  ma'  da 
sloop 
schoon'  er 
bark 
brig 
snip 
frig'  ate 

pri  va  teer' 

crnis'  er 

prow 
stern 
hull 
keel 

helm 

port  holes 

to  scut7  tie 

star'  board 
lar'  board 
lee' side 
ca  reen'  ing 
tack'  ing 

found'  er  ing 
em  bark'  ing 


167.  Words  relating  to  Ships. 

Relating  to  ships  of  war  ;  as,  a  naval  station. 

Relating  to  ships  or  sailors;   as,  a  nautical  al- 
manac. 

A  fleet  of  small  ships. 

A  fleet  of  ships  of  war. 

A  vessel  with  one  mast. 

A  vessel  with  two  masts,  etc. 

A  vessel  with  three  masts,  etc. 

A  vessel  with  two  masts  square-rigged. 

A  vessel  with  three  masts  square-rigged. 

A  ship  of  war,  smaller  than  a  ship  of  the  line, 
usually  having  two  decks. 

A  ship  of  war  armed  and  equipped  by  private  in- 
dividuals for  plunder,  etc. 

An  armed  vessel  that  sails  to  and  fro  for  capturing 
an  enemy's  vessels. 

The  fore  part  of  a  ship  or  boat ;  stem. 

The  hind  part  of  a  ship  or  boat. 

The  body  of  a  ship. 

The  bottom  of  a  ship. 

The    instrument    by   which   a    ship   is   steered; 
rudder. 

The  holes  in  the  sides  of  a  ship  of  war  through 
which  cannon  point. 

To   cut   large    holes   in   the   side   of  a   ship   to 
sink  it. 

The  right  side  of  a  ship. 

The  left  side  of  a  ship. 

The  side  of  a  ship  opposite  to  the  wind. 

The  bearing  down  of  a  ship  to  one  side. 

Changing   the  course  of  a  ship  by  shifting  the 

position  of  the  sails. 
The  sinking  of  a  ship. 
Going  on  board  a  ship. 


132 
bal'  last 

sal'  vage 

moor'  ings 
log 

log  book 
con'  voy 

em  bar'  go 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

Heavy  matter,  as  sand,  laid  in  the  bottom  of 

a  ship  to  keep  it  steady. 
A  recompense  for  saving  ships  or  goods  from 

loss  at  sea. 
Anchors,  chains,  etc.,  used  in  securing  a  ship. 
An  instrument  for  measuring  a  ship's  velocity 

through  the  water. 
A  register  of  a  ship's  way. 
A  ship  or  ships  of  war  which   accompany 

merchant  vessels,  to  protect  them  from  an 

enemy. 
The  official  prohibiting  of  ships  from  sailing 

out  of  port  or  into  port,  or  both. 


mu'  sic  al 

mel'  o  dy 

con"  so  nance 

in  to  naf  tion 

ac  com'  pa  ni  ment 
fan  ta'  si  a 
or  a  to'  ri  o 

op'  er  a 

or'  ches  tra 
min'  strel 
duet' 
tri'  o 
fi  na'  le 


168.   Words  relating  to  Music. 

Belonging  to  music ;  as,  a  musical  entertain- 
ment. 

An  agreeable  succession  of  sounds  in  music 
by  one  voice. 

The  agreement  of  sounds  in  music  simulta- 
neously produced. 

The  act  of  sounding  the  notes  of  the  musical 
scale. 

Instrumental  music  accompanying  the  voice. 

A  fanciful  air  in  music. 

A  musical  drama  of  a  sacred  or  dignified 
character. 

A  dramatic  composition  set  to  music,  and 
sung  with  representation  on  the  stage. 

A  place  for,  also  a  band  of,  musicians. 

A  player  upon  a  musical  instrument ;  a  singer. 

A  piece  of  music  for  two  performers. 

A  piece  of  music  for  three  performers. 

The  end  of  a  piece  of  music  which  closes  a 
concert,  or  an  act  of  an  opera. 


SECOND    YEAR'S   WORK.  133 

169.  "Words  relating  to  singing. 

choir  A  band  of  singers ;  a  part  of  a  church. 

chor7  is  ter  A  singer  or  leader  in  a  choir. 

chan/  try  A  Romish  chapel  in  which  priests  sing  mass. 

chant7  ing  Repeating  words  with  a  singing  voice. 

cho'  rus  Parts  of  a  song  in  which  the  company  join 

the  singer. 

pre  cen/  tor  The  leader  of  a  choir  in  a  cathedral ;  one  who 

leads  the  singing  in  a  congregation. 

bal7  lad  A  popular  song. 

so7  lo  A  tune  or  song  by  one  person. 

glee  A  sort  of  song  sung  in  parts. 

car7  ol  A  song  of  joy  and  exultation. 

rec  i  ta  tivV  A  kind  of  singing  approaching  towards  ordi- 

nary speaking. 

170.  "Words  relating  to  Painters  and  Painting. 

art;ist  A  general  name  for  painters,  sculptors,  en- 

gravers, etc. 

daub'  er  A  coarse  painter. 

lim7  ning  The  art  of  drawing  or  painting  in  water  colors. 

pal7  let  The  board  on  which  painters  place  their  colors. 

ea'sel  The   frame   on   which    painters   place    their 

canvas. 

stu'  di  0  A  room  where  painters  study. 

pic  to7  ri  al  Pertaining  to  pictures ;  as,  a  pictorial  history. 

por7  trait  Picture  of  a  person,  or  of  a  face,  taken  from  life. 

group  An  assemblage  of  persons  or  objects  represent- 

ed in  a  picture  or  in  a  piece  of  sculpture. 

car  toon'  A  design  on  paper  of  a  large  picture. 

pan  o  ra'  ma  A  painting  unrolled  for  exhibition. 

cos  mo  ra7  ma         A  picture  of  the  world  or  of  particular  parts 

of  it. 

pic  tu  resqne7  Like  a  picture ;  as,  a  picturesque  landscape. 

car7  i  ca  ture  A  ludicrous  picture  or  description. 


134 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


171.  Words  relating  to  Sculpture. 

re  Kef'  A  figure  raised  above  the  ground  or  plane  on 

which  it  is  formed. 

The  figure  much  raised. 

The  figure  raised  about  one  half  above  the 
surface. 

The  figure  little  raised. 

Formed  with  raised  figures. 

The  pattern  or  figure  to  be  imitated. 

The  line  that  bounds  or  defines  a  figure  ;  out- 
line. 

Statues  or  carved  images  of  men,  beasts,  or 
other  things. 

A  statue  or  figure  representing  the  head, 
breast,  and  shoulders. 

A  statue  of  gigantic  size. 

A  cavity  or  hollow  in  a  wall  for  a  statue. 


high  re  lief' 
half  re  lief' 

low  re  lief 
em  bossed' 
mod7  el 
con7  tour 

sculp'  ture 

bust 

Co  los'  sus 
niche 


172. 


square 


tri7  an  gle 

par  al  lei7  o  gram 

rec7  tan  gle 

quad  ri  lat'  er  al 
trap7  e  zoid 

cone 

sphe7  roid 

pol7  y  gon 
pe  riph7  er  y 


Words  relating  to  Figure. 

A  figure  having  four  equal  sides  and  four 
right  angles. 

A  figure  having  three  angles. 

A  four-sided  figure,  whose  opposite  sides  are 
parallel  and  equal. 

A  figure  whose  angles  are  right  angles  and 
the  opposite  sides  equal. 

A  figure  having  four  sides  and  four  angles. 

A  four-sided  plane  figure  having  two  of  its 
opposite  sides  parallel. 

A  solid  figure  or  body,  circular  at  the  base 
and  terminating  in  a  point  like  a  sugar  loaf. 

A  body  or  figure  like  a  sphere,  but  not  per- 
fectly spherical.     The  earth  is  a  spheroid. 

A  figure  of  many  sides  and  angles. 

The  circumference  of  a  circle  or  any  geomet- 
rical figure. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


135 


173.  Words  relating  to  Fire. 


ig7  ne  ous 
ig  ni7  tion 
in  flam7  ma  ble 
con  fla  gra7  tion 
in  cen7  di  a  ry 

or7  de  al 


Consisting  of  fire ;  as,  igneous  particles. 

The  act  of  setting  on  fire. 

Eeacly  to  take  fire ;  as,  inflammable  gas. 

A  general  fire. 

One  who  maliciously  sets  another's  property 
on  fire. 

Formerly  a  mode  of  determining  guilt  or  in- 
nocence by  fire  or  water. 


an  rif '  er  ous 

bul'  lion 

gilt 

gold  beat  er 

al7  che  my 


174.   Words  relating  to  Gold. 

Producing  gold ;  as,  an  auriferous  region. 

Uncoined  gold  or  silver  in  the  mass. 

Overlaid  with  °;old  leaf. 

One  who  beats  gold  into  leaf. 

That  part  of  chemistry  which  relates  to  the 
transmutation  of  metals  into  gold,  the  find- 
ing of  a  panacea,  and  other  things  now 
treated  as  imaginary. 


ther'  mal 

tep7  id 

an  neal'  ing 
ther  mom7  e  ter 
cm7  ci  ble 

py  rom7  e  ter 

ar'id 

sul7  tri  ness 

i  so  ther7  mal 


175.  Words  relating  to  Heat. 

Belating  to  heat;   as  thermal  springs,  warm 

springs. 
Having  a  moderate  degree  of  heat ;  as,  a  tepid 

bath. 
The  art  of  tempering  by  heat,  as  glass  or  iron. 
An  instrument  for  measuring  decrees  of  heat. 
A  chemist's  melting  pot  made  of  earth  to  en 

dure  extreme  heat. 
An  instrument  for  measuring  heat  above  that 

indicated  by  the  thermometer. 
Parched  with  heat ;  as,  an  arid  waste. 
Great  heat  of  the  weather. 
Having  an  equal  degree  of  heat  or  a  similar 

temperature. 


136 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


fer'  re  eras 
cha  lyb'  e  ate 
pig'  i  ron 
weld 
forge 

found'  ry 
hard'  ware 
steel 
em'  er  y 

load'  stone 


176.  Words  relating  to  Iron. 

Made  of  iron ;  as,  a  ferreous  body. 

Impregnated  with  particles  of  iron. 

Iron  after  it  has  been  smelted. 

To  unite  pieces  of  iron  when  heated. 

The  place  where  iron  is  heated  and  hammered 
into  form. 

A  place  where  iron  is  cast. 

Wares  made  of  iron. 

Iron  hardened  and  refined. 

An  iron  ore  found  mixed  up  with  other  min- 
erals. 

An  iron  ore  which  has  the  power  of  attracting 
metallic  iron. 


177.  Words  relating  to  Light. 

In'  mi  nons  Emitting  light ;  as,  a  luminous  body. 

In'  mi  na  ry  A  body  that  gives  light. 

to   il  In'  mi  nate     To  throw  light  on ;  to  enlighten. 


an  ro'  ra 

me'  te  or 
link  boy 
In  en  bra'  tion 

op'  tics 

pho  torn'  e  ter 


The  rising  light  of  the  morning ;  the  dawn 
of  day. 

A  luminous  body  floating  in  the  atmosphere. 

One  who  carries  a  light  or  torch. 

Study  by  candlelight;  that  which  is  com- 
posed by  night. 

The  science  which  treats  of  light  and  the  na- 
ture and  laws  of  vision. 

An  instrument  for  measuring  the  degrees  of 
light. 


178.  Words  relating  to  Measuring. 

men  sn  ra'  tion       The  art  of  measuring. 

ge  om;  e  try  The  science  which  treats  of  the  measuring  of 

surfaces  and  solids. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


137 


gaug'ing 


the  od'  o  lite 

ste  re  om/  e  try 
sur  vey'  or 

me  trol'  o  gy 


The  act  of  measuring  the  contents  of  casks, 

etc. 
An  instrument  for   measuring   heights   and 

distances. 
The  art  of  measuring  solid  bodies. 
One  who  measures  the  quantity  or  quality  of 

anything ;  as,  a  surveyor  of  roads. 
The  science  of  weights  and  measures. 


179.  Words  relating  to  Printing. 


type 

com  pos'  i  tor 

ste'  re  o  type 

ty  pog'  ra  phy 

im  pri  ma'  tur 

fount 


The  form  of  a  letter  used  in  printing. 

One  who  sets  types  for  printing. 

A  plate  of  cast  metallic  type  for  printing. 

The  art  of  printing. 

License  to  print. 

A  complete  assortment  of  types  of  one  size. 


lap'  i  da  ry 
pet'  ri  fy 
whet'  stone 
free'  stone 

houl'  ders 

py  ri'  tes 

key  stone 

gem 

di  a  mond 

pearl 

pum'  ice 

al  a  has  ter 


180.   "Words  relating  to  Stones. 

One  who  cuts  precious  stones. 

To  turn  into  stone. 

A  stone  for  sharpening  edged  instruments. 

Stone  that  may  be  freely  cut  any  way  with- 
out splitting. 

Stones  moved  from  their  original  bed. 

A  fire  stone  ;  sulphuret  of  iron. 

The  middle  stone  of  an  arch. 

A  precious  stone  of  any  kind. 

The  hardest  and  most  brilliant  of  stones. 

A  precious  stone  formed  in  the  shell  of  a  kind 
of  oyster ;  a  gem. 

A  porous  stone  frequently  ejected  from  vol- 
canoes. 

A  species  of  limestone  found  hanging  from 
the  roofs  of  caverns. 


138  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

gypf  sum  A  plaster  stone  used  for  busts,  etc. 

-glyp  tog'  ra  phy  A  description  of  the  art  of  engraving  on  pre- 
cious stones. 

a;  er  o  lite  A  meteoric  stone ;  a  stone  falling  from  the 

air. 

tra'  cer  y  Ornamental  stonework. 

181.  Words  relating  to  Flowera. 

flV  ral  Relating  to  flowers  ;  as,  a  floral  show, 

flo'  rist  A  cultivator  of  flowers. 

pet/  al  The  leaf  of  a  flower. 

stem  The  stalk  of  a  flower  or  of  any  plant. 

ca  lyx  The  outer  covering  of  a  flower. 

CO  rol'  la  The  inner  covering  of  a  flower. 

bou  quet'  A  bunch  of  flowers,  nosegay. 

par  terre'  A  flower  garden. 

am'  a  ranth  A  flower  which  never  fades. 

gar'  land  A  wreath  of  branches  or  flowers. 

chap'  let  A  garland  of  flowers  worn  on  the  head. 

Flo'  ra  The  fabled  goddess  of  flowers. 

an  thol'  O  gy  A  collection  of  flowers ;  beautiful  selections 

from  literature. 


182.  Words  relating  to  Death,  the  Dead. 

mor'  tal  Relating  to  death;  as,  mortal  remains. 

ca  dav'  er  ous         Having  the  appearance  of  a  dead  body ;  as, 

a  cadaverous  look. 
mor'  tu  a  ry  Pertaining  to  the  dead, 

hearse  A  carriage  for  the  dead. 

o  bit'  u  a  ry  A  list  of  the  dead. 

shroud  A  covering  for  the  dead. 

urn  A  vessel  which  formerly  held  the  ashes  of  the 

dead. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


139 


sep'  ul  cher 

man  so  le'  urn 
ne  crop'  o  lis 

re'  qui  em 
el'  e  gy 
Ha'  des 
cen'  o  taph 

ma'  nes 

nee'  ro  man  cy 

Morgue 


A  place  in  which  a  dead  body  is  interred,  a 
tomb. 

A  stately  monument  to  the  dead. 

The  place  where  the  dead  are  buried,  a  ceme- 
tery. 

A  hymn  or  prayer  for  the  dead. 

A  plaintive  hymn  or  song  on  the  dead. 

The  region  of  the  dead. 

A  monument  erected  to  a  deceased  person  who 
is  buried  elsewhere. 

The  ghost  or  shade  of  the  dead. 

Divination  by  pretended  communication  with 
the  dead. 

A  place  where  bodies  found  dead  are  exposed 
for  recognition. 


TENTH    MONTH. 


183.   Greek  Prefixes. 


a,  an 

= 

without. 

eu 

= 

well. 

amphi 

=s 

both. 

exo 

= 

out. 

ambi 

= 

both. 

en,  em 

= 

on. 

anti 

= 

against. 

hexa 

= 

six. 

ana 

= 

through. 

hepta 

= 

seven. 

apo 

= 

from. 

homo 

= 

similar, 

aph 

= 

from. 

hyper 

= 

over. 

auto 

= 

self. 

hypo 

= 

under. 

arch 

= 

chief. 

hydro 

= 

water. 

cata 

= 

through,  down. 

mono 

= 

one. 

dia 

= 

through. 

pan 

= 

all. 

dys 

= 

bad. 

peri 

= 

about. 

deca 

= 

ten. 

pseudo 

= 

false. 

epi 

= 

on. 

poly 

= 

many. 

ec,  ex 

= 

out,  forth. 

syn 

= 

with. 

140 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


184.   "Words  of  Greek  Derivation. 


chrono 

pyro 

thermo 

baro 

hydro 

dia 

photo 

electro 


MeHer  = 

measure. 

time 

chro  nom'  e  ter 

fire 

py  rom  e  ter 

heat 

ther  mom  e  ter 

weight 

ba  rom  e  ter 

water 

hy  drom  e  ter 

through 

di  am  e  ter 

light 

pho  torn  e  ter 

e  lee  trie7  i 

ty 

e  lee  trom'  e  ter 

log'  ic 
lo  gi'  cian 
log'  a  rithm 
a  nal'  o  gy 
a  pol  o  gy 
chro  nol  o  gy 


185.  Words  of  Greek  Derivation. 

Logos  =  reason,  word,  science. 

dec'  a  logue  min  er  al'  o  gy 

min  er  al  o  gist 
me  te  or  ol'  o  gy 
syl'  lo  gism 


chronos 

conchos 

entomon 

ethnos 

ge 

ichthvs 

mythos 

ornithos 

physis 

psyche 

phren 

theos 

techne 

zoon 


di  a  logue 
eu  lo  gy 
eu  lo'  gi  um 
eu'  lo  gize 
mon  o  logue 


ho  mol'  o  gous 
cat'  a  logue 


186.   Words  of  Greek  Derivation. 


Logy  =  science  of. 
time 
shell 
insect 
race 
earth 
fish 
fable 
bird 
nature 
soul 
mind 
God 
art 
animal 


chro  nol'  o  gy 
con  chol  o  gy 
en  to  mol'  o  gy 
eth  nol'  o  gy 
ge  ol  o  gy 
ich  thy  ol'  o  gy 
my  thol'  o  gy 
or  ni  thol'  o  gy 
phys  i  ol  o  gy 
psy  chol'  o  gy 
phre  nol  o  gy 
the  ol  o  gy 
tech  nol  o  gy 
zo  61  o  gy 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


141 


187.   Hard  "Words  of  Greek  Origin. 

Graph' o  ==  to  write ;  graph' y  =  writing. 


bios 

= 

life 

autos 

=s 

self 

cheir 

= 

hand 

kalos 

= 

fine 

ge 

= 

earth 

lithos 

= 

stone 

orthos 

= 

correct 

photos 

= 

light 

phonos 

= 

sound 

typos 

= 

type 

topos 

= 

place 

tele 

= 

far  off 

stenos 

= 

short 

stereos 

^zzz 

fixed 

bi  og'  ra  phy 
au'  to  graph 
chi  rog'  ra  phy 
ca  lig  ra  phy 
ge  og  ra  phy 
li  thog  ra  phy 
or  thog  ra  phy 
pho  tog  ra  phy 
pho  nog  ra  phy 
ty  pog  ra  phy 
to  pog  ra  phy 
tel'  e  graph 
ste  nog'  ra  phy 
ste'  re  o  type 


188.   Greek  Derivatives. 

Pol'is  =  city  ;  pol' us  =  many  ;  go'nia  =  angle  ;  cos'mos  =  world ;    met'* 
ron  =  measure ;  path'os  =  feeling. 

po  lite7  me  trop'  o  lis  pol'  y  gon 

pol'  i  tics       met  ro  pol'  i  tan  oc  ta  gon 

pol  i  ti'  cian  cos  mo  pol  i  tan  hep  ta  gon 

po  licer  cos  mop'  o  lite  di  ag'  o  nal 

pol'  i  cy  pol  y  syl'  la  ble  trig  o  nom'  e  try  ho  me  op  a  thy 

pol  ish  pol  y  no  mi  al  pol  y  tech  nic       hy  dro  path  ic 


ap'  a  thy 
sym  pa  thy 
pa  thol'  o  gy 
al  lo  path'  ic 


189.   Greek  Derivatives. 

Ar'che  =  rule ;  graph' o  =  to  write. 


mon'  arch  y 
an  arch  y 
ol  i  gar  chy 
ar  chi  tect 
pa  tri  arch 
arch  bish'  op 
arch  an  gel 


en  grave' 
gram'  mar 
graph  ic 
tel  e  gram 
di  a  gram 
mon  o  gram 
par  a  graph 


pho  tog'  ra  pher 
li  thog  ra  pher 
tel  e  graph'  ic 
eth  nog'  ra  phy 
his  to  ri  og'  ra  pher 
ty  pog'  ra  pher 
ty  po  graph'  i  cal 


142 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


190.  Words  of  Greek  Derivation. 


arc'  tic 

cy'  cle 

graph'  ic 

a  pos'  tro  phe 

ac  me 

cyn  ic 

he  ro 

a  rith  me  tic 

as  tral 

des  pot 

idol 

an  tag  o  nist 

atli  lete 

dog  ma 

meth  od 

an  tip  a  thy 

b\  ble 

di  et 

mar  tyr 

a  non  y  mous 

bap  tist 

dra  ma 

mon  ad 

a  ris  to  crat 

ba  sis 

ech  o 

mys  tic 

a  nal  o  gy 

cans  tic 

e  ther 

op  tics 

a  pol  o  gy 

cen  ter 

eth  ics 

ox  yd 

a  nom  a  ly 

cli  mate 

em  blem 

pet  al 

a  e  ri  al 

cli  max 

en  trails 

phan  torn 

as  tron  o  my 

crit  ic 

fren  zy 

top  ic 

as  trol  o  gy 

cha  os 

gas  trie 

the  ist 

au  torn  a  ton 

cliron  ic 

e  clipse' 

schol  ar 

al7  le  go  ry 

191.  Words  of  Greek  Derivation. 


ag'  o  ny 
an  arch  y 
al  pha  bet 
at  mos  phere 
am  nes  ty 
aph  o  rism 
au  to  crat 
an  tip'  o  des 
a'  the  ist 
a  ro'  ma 
a  cros  tic 
au  then  tic 
ath  let  ic 
a  pos  tie 
bi  ol'  o  gy 


big'  a  my 
cat  e  chism 
cat  e  go  ry 
cat  a  logue 
char  ac  ter 
char  i  ty 
chro  mat'  ic 
chol'  er  a 
chol  er  ic 
chron  i  cle 
chrys  a  lis 
era  ni  um 
cos  met'  ic 
gen'  e  sis 
eu  lo  gy 


cy  no  sure 
dem  o  crat 
dem  a  gogue 
des  po  tism 
dy  nas  ty 
di  dac'  tic 
dys  pep'  si  a 
di  lem'  ma 
eu'  pho  ny 
el  egy 
ec  sta  sy 
ex  o  dus 
en  er  gy 
pe  ri  od 
pan  o  ply 


ec  lee'  tic 
e  clip  tic 
gal'  ax  y 
gym  nas'  tic 
gy  ra  tion 
hec'  a  tomb 
hem  or  rhage 
hem  i  sphere 
har  mo  ny 
hy  dro  gen 
hy  drau'  lie 
ho  ri  zon 
i  de  a 
her'  o  ine 
mo  nop'  o  ly 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


143 


192.   "Words  of  Greek  Derivation. 


i  de7  al 

id7  i  om 

id  i  ot 

':  lex  i  con 
i 

'■  lab  y  rinth 
le  the7  an 
mel7  o  dy 
me  te  or 
met  a  phor 
mys  te  ry 
mech  an  ism 
me  chan7  ic 
mech7  an  ist 
mi  cro  scope 


met'  ri  cal 
nau  se  a 
nar  cot;  ic 
or'  tho  dox 
op  tic  al 
ox  y  gen 
par  a  dox 
par  a  dise 
par  a  site 
phar  i  see 
phar  ma  cy 
pen  ta  gon 
pet  ri  fy 
pe  dan'  tic 


pro  phet'  ic 
pneu  mat  ics 
sym'  pa  thy 
sym  pho  ny 
soph  ist  ry 
spas  mod7  ic 
sar  cas  tic 
tech7  nic  al 
the  a  ter 
syn  the  sis 
the  oc7  ra  cy 
top7  ic  al 
trop  ic  al 
typ  ic  al 


am  phib7  i  ous 
a  nath'  e  ma 
diph  the  ri  a 
dys'  en  ter  y 
ep  i  dem7ic 
gen  e  al  o  gy 
e  pit7  o  me 
phe  nom  e  non 
pneu  mo  ni  a 
met7  al  lur  gy 
mel7  an  chol  y 
pa  ral7  y  sis 
e  phem  er  al 
pan  o  ra7  ma 


193.   Synonymous  "Words. 


Anglo-Saxon. 

Latin. 

An. Saxon. 

Latin. 

Greek. 

free7  dom 

lib7  er  ty 

star'  ry 

si  de7  re  al 

as'  tral 

fear 

ter  ror 

speech 

Ian'  guage 

di  a  lect 

meat 

vict  uals 

saw 

prov'  erb 

aph  o  rism 

fa'  ther  ly 

pa  ter'  nal 

way  ward 

er  rat'  ic 

ec  cen'  trie 

moth  er  ly 

ma  ter  nal 

well-bred' 

af '  fa  ble 

po  lite 

rich 

op'  u  lent 

curse 

mal  e  die'  tion 

a  nath  e  ma 

sight 

vi  sion 

foe 

op  po'  nent 

an  tag  o  nist 

hid  den 

oc  cult' 

tale 

nov'  el 

sto  ry 

ha  tred 

ab  hor  rence 

pithy 

con  cise' 

la  con  ic 

help 

as  sist  ance 

aim 

view 

scope 

death 

de  cease7 

guess 

con  jec7  ture 

hy  poth'  e  si& 

whole 

en  tire 

stress 

ac7  cent 

em'  pha  sis 

heav'  en  ly 

ce  les  tial 

feel'  ing 

sen  ti  ment 

pa  thos 

growth 

in7  crease 

sad 

dis  pir'  it  ed 

mel  an  chol  y 

144 


SWINTON'S    WOED-BOOK. 


194.   Synonymous  Words. 
Pairs  of  one  short  and  one  long. 


meal  y 
sweat 
fear 

help'  ing 
nois  y 
sleep  y 
clay  ey 
hum  bled 
dai  ly 
night  ly 
blood  y 
tear  ful 
tire  less 


o  le  ag'  i  nous 
far  i  na  ceous 
per  spi  ra'  tion 
ti  mid;  i  ty 
aux  il  ia  ry 
ob  strep  er  ous 
som'  no  lent 
ar  gil  la'  ceous 
hu  mil'  i  at  ed 
di  ur'  nal 
noc  turn  al 
san'  gui  na  ry 
lach  rv  mose 
in  de  fat'  i  ga  ble 


priest'  ly 

name  less 

na  tive 

high 

cool  er 

ghost 

mirth 

pomp 

weak 

bold 

old 

blame 

tell 

cease 


sac  er  do'  tal 
a  non'  y  mous 
in  dig  e  nous 
el'  e  vat  ed 
re  frig'  er  a  tor 
ap  pa  ri'  tion 
hi  lar'  i  ty 
os  ten  ta'  tion 
de  bil'  i  tat  ed 
au  da'  cious 
an'  ti  quat  ed 
an  i  mad  ver'  sion 
com  mu'  ni  cate 
dis  con  tin'  ue 


be  gin' 
bit'  ter  ness 
bod  i  ly 
sweet 
cor  ner 
earth  ly 
heav  en  ly 
east  em 
west  ern 
north  ern 
e  nough' 
er'  rand 
keep  ing 
o  pen  ing 


r 


195.   Synonymous  Words. 

Anglo-Saxon  and  Classical. 

or  ver  flow 
out  live' 
out'  ward 
in  ward 


com  mence 
ac'  ri  mo  ny 
cor  po  ral 
sac  cha  rine 
an  gle 

ter  res'  tri  al 
ce  les  tial 
o  ri  ent'  al 
oc  ci  dent  al 
hy  per  bo  re  an 
suf  fi'  cient 
mes'  sage 
cus  to  dy 
ap  er  ture 


shock 
cross 
sharp 
want 
weak 
wor'  thy 
will  ing  ly 
mean  ing 
out  side 
bleed  ing 


in  un  da'  tion 
sur  vive' 
ex  ter  nal 
in  ter  nal 
con  cus  sion 
frac'  tious 
ac  rid 

ne  ces'  si  ty 
de  bil  i  tat  ed 
mer  i  to'  ri  ous 
vol  un  ta  ri  ly 
sig  ni  fi  ca'  tion 
ex  te'  ri  or 
hem'  or  rhage 


SECOND   YEAR'S   WORK. 


145 


196.  General  Review  lessons. 


Note  foe  Teachees.  —  These  lessons  may  be  taken  either  for  spelling  matches  or  for 
written  examinations. 


con'  scious 
con  science 
mar  riage 
right  eous 
gra  cious 
vi  cious 
pre  cious 
mus  cle 
pit  tance 
par  tial 
cap  tious 
vict  uals 
snake 


Lesson  I. 


per  ceive' 
e  rase 
re  ceipt 
re  view 
in  veigh 
u  nique 
pos  sess 
ex  hume 
ex  ude 
ex  haust 
ex  alt 
ex  hort 
mas'  tiff 


res'  tau  rant 
nun  ner  y 
ve  hi  cle 
ter  rif ' ic 
re  sist  ance 
ob  serv  ance 
con  cur  rence 
vex  a  tious 
cour  a  geous 
lo  qua  cious 
ef  fi  cient 
con  ven  ience 
a  piece' 


ve'he  ment 
de  vi  ous 
sep  a  rate 
prom  is  so  ry 
rec  i  pe 
main  te  nance 
con  se  quence 
blam  a  ble 
ter  ri  ble 
pay  a  ble 
pit  e  ous 
du  te  ous 
ve  ran'  da 


snail 

psalm 

calk 

knives 

skein 

grain 

whey 

shears 

craunch 

halves 

qualms 

tongue 

square 


dai'ly 
haugh  ty 

gayly 
lily 

al  ways 
cous  in 
au  ger 
trou  sers 
cur  rants 
knuck  les 
seiz  ing 
griev  ous 
dai  sy 


Lesson  II. 

de  ceive' 
re  ceipt 
cro  chet 
be  lieve 
re  ceive 
con  ceit 
bap  tize 
pre  side 
di  vorce 
an'  kles 
mar  riage 
wal  lop 
sar  dine 


pi  az'  za 
por'  ti  co 
rasp  ber  ries 
huck  le  ber  ries 
mil  li  ner 
or  ches  tra 
mu  sic  al 
man  til'  la 
hoi'  ly  hock 
ver  mil'  ion 
em'  er  aid 
bob  o  link 
chick  a  dee 


146 


SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 


Lesson  III. 

stair 

chest'  nut 

knowl'  edge 

mack'  er  el 

swear 

pitch  er 

col  lege 

hal  i  but 

glare 

salm  on 

bod  ice 

po  ta'  toes 

spruce 

rai  sins 

wel  fare 

mu  si  cian 

squad 

cur  tain 

bed  stead 

coun'  ter  pane 

fierce 

pig  eon 

twi  light 

cov  er  let 

niece 

vi  cious 

sir  loin 

flat  i  ron 

lief 

grat  er 

sau  sage 

pi  a'  no 

shriek 

sap  phire 

bu  reau 

phy  si  cian 

feast 

stir  rup 

prac  tice 

Cin  cin  na'  ti 

thief 

squir  rel 

tor  toise 

Cal  cut'  ta 

girth 

shep  herd 

whol  ly 

San  Fran  cis'  co 

skirt 

sur  geon 

poul  tice 

Phil  a  del'  phi  a 

which 

wheel  wright        dai  ries 

Chi  ca'  go 

ditch 

vine  yard 

ba  bies 

New  Or'  le  ans 

niche 

pic  nic 

val  leys 
Lesson  IV. 

Feb'  ru  a  ry 

hitch 

live'  long 

jock'  eys 

Jan'  u  a  ry 

quiz 

wo  men 

py  thon 

E  Hz'  a  beth 

hoax 

guin  ea 

jour  neys 

Geor  gi  an'  a 

cloaks 

skill  ful 

mat  tress 

ab  bre  vi  a'  tions 

rye 

pars  nips 

re  cruit' 

as  par*  a  gus 

shrewd 

rhu  barb 

ac  crue 

cau'  li  flow  ers 

crude 

let  tuce 

rou  tine 

cu  cum  bers 

true 

shoe  ing 

bab  oon 

o  pos'  sum 

view 

com  pass 

gi  raffe 

kan'  ga  roo 

lieu 

rein  deer 

ho  tel 

drom  e  da  ry 

hue 

gluey 

ta  boo 

go  ril'  la 

stopped 

a  gue 

bam  boo 

the'  a  ter 

stirred 

swap  ping 

bid'  der 

ed  i  flee 

chopped 

put  ting 

thin  ner 

par  o  quet 

rubbed 

grin  ning 

thin  ning 

beast  li  ness 

clipped 

plan  ning 

fac  ing 

fuss  i  ness 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


147 


Lesson   V. 

grinned 

fix'  ing 

driv'  ing 

jui'  ci  ness 

snubbed 

trot  ted 

hat  ing 

dain  ti  ness 

jarred 

rot  ted 

swim  mer 

bus  i  ness 

whipped 

puz  zle 

wrap  per 

Al  le  ghe  ny 

fixed 

gus  set 

shut  ter 

Lou  is  ville 

buzz 

pur  chase 

glad  der 

Mil  wau'  kee 

doze 

cot  tage 

glim  mer 

Fred'  er  ick 

cloth 

vil  la 

snap  ping 

Nich  o  las 

jail 

ken  nel 

thin  ner 

Lu  ere'  ti  a 

prude 

prun  ing 

grin  ning 

Fer'  di  nand 

dodged 

pheas  ant 

ty  phus 

Ten  nes  see' 

joked 

buz  zard 

hy  phen 

Col  o  ra'  do 

quizzed 

pul  let 

gey  ser 

Mis  sis  sip  pi 

mined 

full  ness 

quo  tient 

Ri'  o  Grande 

faced 

plov  er 

dye  ing 

Yang-tse-Ki  ang' 

Lesson   "VI. 

grabbed 

neigh'  bor 

styl'  ish 

Great  Brit'  ain 

wrapped 

thresh  old 

strych  nine 

Mas  sa  chu'  setts 

sylph 

wel  come 

crys  tal 

Penn  syl  va  ni  a 

lynx 

cook  y 

gym  nast 

In  di  an  a 

lynch 

tooth  ache 

live  ly 

Mis  sou'  ri 

tryst 

whoop  ing 

tough  en 

Ni  ag  a  ra 

myth 

bos  om 

hur  ried 

Shakes'  peare 

gnat 

reign  eth 

ca  tarrh' 

mov  a  ble 

steppes 

pray  eth 

ma  chine 

cur  a  ble 

peak 

mourn  edst 

ca  nard 

crit  i  cise 

shrieked 

bless  edst 

ra  vine 

cam'phene 

pierced 

clean  est 

ca  reen 

ben' zi lie 

viewed 

min  now 

im  mense 

salt  pe'  ter 

grieved 

gar  lie 

con  ceit 

quo'  tient 

friend 

wee  vil 

con  tain 

pa  tient 

148 


SWINTON'S   WORD-BOOK. 


Lesson  VII. 

sieve 

wea'  sel 

cas  cade' 

ses'  sion 

seized 

o  cean 

cham  pagne 

lei  sure 

knobs 

bris  ties 

de  ceit 

treas  ure 

cleats 

al  monds 

per  ceive 

ra  tion 

thumb 

leath  er 

con  ceive 

sculp  ture 

joist 

isth  mus 

be  numb 

scrip  ture 

laths 

wrist  band 

ob  scure 

change  a  ble 

phrase 

sei  zure 

twink'  ling 

mar  riage  a  ble 

squeak 

gaug  es 

whist  ling 

serv  ice  a  ble 

cough 

fau  cets 

lodg  ment 

peace  a  ble 

wrought 

debt  or 

judg  ment 

tea  ket  tie 

taught 

mor  tise 

guid  ance 

ho  sier  y 

drought 

man  tel 

dam  ask 

hand  ker  chief 

weight 

cup  board 

tooth  ache 

tow  el  ing 

plague 

ga  ble 

whole  sale 

blue-eyed 

Lesson  VIII. 

basque 

priest'  hood 

hear'  say 

rain'  fall 

whiff 

neph  ew 

safe  guard 

two-tongued 

thump 

sul  phur 

block  head 

thor  ough  bred 

thatch 

ser  aph 

bump  kin 

make-be  lieve 

gimp 

or  phan 

Christ  mas 

tell'  tale 

fetched 

thor  ough 

oys  ter 

al  read7  y 

coughed 

spright  ly 

heav  en 

wedge'- shaped 

shrieked 

brooch  es 

yeo  man 

fore  thought 

squeaked 

whip  stock 

das  tard 

piece  work 

whipped 

wher  ry 

hea  then 

gi  gan'  tic 

waltzed 

wharf  age 

dai  sy 

sal  e  ra'  tus 

loose 

re  mit'  tance 

ex  pelled' 

etf  i  quette 

plaid 

ac  quit  tal 

oc  curred 

rev  e  nue 

fraught 

con  cur  rence 

re  ferred 

prai  rie 

flail 

a  bet  ted 

gam'  boled 

pres  tige 

SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK. 


149 


Lesson  IX. 

queer 

sir7  loin 

dis  an  nul7 

chi'  gnon 

squint 

vict  ual  er 

dis  in  clined 

ze  nith 

splice 

thiev  ish 

al  to  geth7  er 

cal  i  co 

scoop 

sham  rock 

bare'  faced 

hom  i  ny 

hoard 

di  a  mond 

com*  age 

tap  i  o7  ca 

quaff 

or  de  al 

au  burn 

ma  la7  ri  a 

knit 

on  slaught 

peas  ant 

so  pra  no 

straight 

ap  prise' 

mis  chief 

fi  as  co 

shrewd 

de  bauch 

hei  nous 

cu7  po  la 

thwart 

en  treat 

hom  age 

op  er  a 

quoth 

mus7  sels 

sa  chem 

cam  e  o 

feign 

bou  quet7 

pa  poose' 

com  man  dant' 

chief 

re  peal 

bur  lesque 

cha  par  ral 

doubt 

re  trieve 

gro  tesque 

flex  i  bil7  i  ty 

haunch 

re  treat 

can  teen 
Lesson  X. 

hi7  di  crous 

gauge 

re  lease7 

bro  cade7 

res7  tau  rant 

gouge 

main  tain 

de  tach 

ter  rif '  ic 

grief 

es  quire 

con  ceit 

in  dig  nant 

lieu 

cha  grin 

can'  on 

ex  ult  ant 

league 

chi  cane 

caout  chouc 

ex  haus  tion 

gauze 

fi  nesse 

ex  haust7 

ex  or  bi  tant 

quest 

nan  keen 

ex  alt 

ir  rel  e  vant 

quire 

si  moom 

ex  hort 

ex  pect  ant 

reign 

stam  pede 

ex  ude 

re  splen  dent 

quote 

ca  noe 

ex  hume 

de  spond  ent 

vogue 

di  van 

in  nate 

im7  mi  nent 

vague 

cor'  ral 

in  ert 

re  ceiv7  a  ble 

rouge 

ran  cho 

o  paque 

charge7  a  ble 

clique 

gua  no 

ob  scene 

im  press7  i  ble 

forte 

go  pher 

of  fense 

ex  baust  i  ble 

150 


SWINTON'S    WOKD-BOOK. 


Lesson 

XL 

lyre 

ai7  ti  fice 

in 

ter  rupt' 

tripV  thong 

lapse 

beau  ti  fy 

cor 

rupt'  i  ble 

triv  i  al 

aunt 

ef  fi'  cient 

pat 

,'ron  ize 

in  ex;  o  ra  ble 

scent 

pro  fi  cient 

par  ri  cide 

pro  vin  cial 

veil 

com  mis  sion 

pred  e  ces'  sor 

ob'  se  quies 

vein 

ad  mit  tance 

oc  cur7  rence 

ex  pe  di'  tious 

square 

ad  mis  sion 

in 

diet  ment 

ex  pe;  di  ent 

type 

per  mis  sion 

se  i 

di  tion 

i  tal  i  cize 

chord 

ca  pa  cious 

in  i  tial 

tran'  quil  ize 

disc 

re  cip  i  ent 

in  i  ti  ate 

scan  dal  ize 

hour 

par'  ti  .ci  pie 

ad' 

e  quate 

sol  em  nize 

myth 

ir  rev'  o  ca  ble 

pre 

>  hib'  it 

as  ceir*  sion 

nymph 

con  ven  ience 

in 

debt  ed 

com'  pro  mise 

phlegm 

pre  ven  tion 

le' 

gal  ize 

crit'  i  cise 

plague 

e  quiv  o  cal 

de 

jecf  tion 

ad  ver  tise 

Lesson 

XII. 

A. 

M. 

N.  B. 

Dr. 

Obt. 

P.M. 

MS. 

Gov. 

Dep. 

M. 

D.  C. 

Int. 

Mem. 

N. 

U.S. 

Amt. 

8vo. 

S. 

M.  C. 

ult. 

12mo. 

E. 

XV.  R. 

inst. 

Bal. 

W. 

i 

0. 

prox. 

Cur. 

P. 

0. 

s.  c. 

a. 

cwt. 

LL.  E 

».              N.  C 

P. 

Abe. 

A. 

D. 

N.J. 

q. 

deft. 

C. 

0. 

D.            N.  Y. 

Atty. 

conj. 

D. 

D. 

N.  H. 

Sen. 

def. 

B. 

C. 

M.  D. 

Col. 

Ana. 

SECOND    TEAR'S    WORK.  151 

197.     Reference  Table  of  Rules. 

L  Final  e  followed  by  a  vowel.  —  Final  e  of  a  primitive 
word  is  dropped  on  taking  a  suffix  beginning  with  a  vowel. 
Examples  :  blame  +  able  =  blamable  ;  guide  +  ance  =  guid- 
ance ;  come  +  ing  =  coming  ;  force  +  ible  =  forcible  ;  obscure 
+  ity  =  obscurity. 

Exception  1.  —  Words  ending  in  ge  or  ce  usually  retain  the 
e  before  a  suffix  beginning  with  a  or  o,  for  the  reason  that  c 
and  g  would  have  the  hard  sound  if  the  e  were  dropped.  Ex- 
amples :  peace  +  able  ==  peaceable  ;  change  +  able  =  change- 
able ;  courage  +  ous  =  courageous. 

Exception  2.  —  Words  ending  in  oe  final  retain  the  e  to  pre- 
serve the  sound  of  the  root ;  as  shoe  +  ing  =  shoeing  ;  hoe  + 
ing  =  hoeing.  The  e  is  retained  in  a  few  words  to  prevent 
their  being  confounded  with  similar  words,  as  singe  +  ing  = 
singeing,  to  prevent  its  being  confounded  with  singing. 

II.  Final  e  followed  by  a  consonant.  —  Final  e  of  a  primi- 
tive word  is  retained  on  taking  a  suffix  beginning  with  a  con- 
sonant.     Ex. :    pale  +  ness  =  paleness ;     large  +  ly  =  largely. 

Exception  1.  —  When  the  final  e  is  preceded  by  a  vowel,  it 
is  sometimes  omitted.  Examples  :  due  +  ly  =  duly  ;  true  -f 
ly  =  truly ;  whole  +  ly  =  wholly. 

Exception  2.  —  A  few  words  drop  the  final  e  before  a  suffix 
beginning  with  a  consonant.  Ex. :  judge  +  ment  =  judgment; 
lodge  +  ment  =  lodgment ;   abridge  +  ment  =  abridgment. 

III.  Final  y  preceded  by  a  consonant. — Final  y  of  a 
primitive  word,  when  preceded  by  a  consonant,  is  generally 
changed  into  i  on  the  addition  of  a  suffix. 

Exception  1.  —  Before  ing  or  ish  the  final  y  is  retained  tc 
prevent  the  doubling  of  the  i.    Example  :  pity  +  ing  =  pitying. 

Exception  2. — Words  ending  in  ie  and  dropping  the  e  by 
Rule  I.  change  the  i  into  y  to  prevent  the  doubling  of  the  i. 
Examples  :  die  +  ing  =  dying  ;  lie  +  ing  =  lying. 

Exception  3.  —  Final  y  is  sometimes  changed  into  e;  as 
duty  +  ous  =  duteous ;  beauty  +  ous  =  beauteous. 


152  swinton's  word-book. 

IV.  Final  y  preceded  by  a  vowel.  —  Final  y  of a  primitive 

word,  when  preceded  by  a  vowel,  should  not  be  changed  into  an 
i  before  a  suffix.     Example  :  joy  +  less  =  joyless. 

V.  Doubling.  —  Words  of  one  syllable  (monosyllables),  and 
words  accented  on  the  last  syllable,  when  they  end  with  a  single 
consonant,  preceded  by  a  single  vowel,  or  by  a  vowel  after  qu, 
double  their  final  letter  before  an  additional  syllable  that  begins 
with  a  vowel.  Examples :  rob  +  ed  =  robbed ;  fop  +  isb  =  fop- 
pish ;  squat  +  er  =  squatter ;  prefer  +  ing  =  preferring. 

Exceptions. — X  final,  being  equivalent  to  ks,  is  never  doubled  s 
and  when  the  derivative  does  not  retain  the  accent  of  the  root, 
the  final  consonant  is  not  always  doubled ;  as  prefer'  +  ence  = 
preference. 

VI.  No  Doubling.  —  A  final  consonant,  when  it  is  not  pre- 
ceded by  a  single  vowel,  or  when  the  accent  is  not  on  the  last 
syllable,  should  remain  single  before  an  additional  syllable  ;  as, 
toil  +  ing  =  toiling ;  cheat  +  ed  =  cheated ;  murmur  +  ing  = 
murmuring. 

198.    Reformed  Spelling. 

The  spelling  of  certain  English  words  on  a  phonetic  basis 
is  favored  by  a  number  of  lexicographers. 
Several  dictionaries  recognize  the  spelling : 
program  for  programme ; 
two  dictionaries  recognize  in  addition  the  spellings : 
tho  for  though 
catalog  for  catalogue 
prolog  for  prologue ; 
one  recent  dictionary  recognizes  the  additional  phonetic  spell- 
ings : 

altho  for  although  demagog  for  demagogue 

thru  for  through  pedagog  for  pedagogue 

decalog  for  decalogue. 


SECOND    YEAR'S    WORK.  153 


199.   Reference  Table  of  Suffixes. 

Ac  signifies  of,  belonging  or  relating  ;  cardiac,  relating  to  the 
heart. 

Aceous  signifies:  1.  of,  2.  consisting  of  3.  like,  or  resembling ; 
1.  cetaceous,  2.  foliaceous,  3.  saponaceous. 

Acy  signifies  :  1.  being,  2.  state  of  being,  3.  office  of;  1.  ac- 
curacy, 2.  celibacy,  3.  magistracy. 

Age  signifies  :  I.  a  collection  of,  2.  being  or  state  of  being,  3.  an 
allowance  for ;  1.  foliage,  2.  peerage,  3.  postage. 

Al  signifies  :  1.  of,  belonging,  relating,  or  pertaining  to,  2.  befit- 
ting or  becoming ;  1.  personal,  2.  maternal. 

An,  or  ian,  signifies  :  1.  one  who,  or  the  person  that,  2.  of,  be- 
longing, ore  pertaining  to;  1.  artisan,  2.  Christian. 

Ance,  or  ancy  (ence,  or  ency),  signifies :  1.  being,  or  state  of 
being,  2.  "ing";  1.  vigilance,  constancy,  2.  innocence,  state  of 
being  innocent,  refulgency. 

Ant  signifies :  1.  one  who,  or  the  person  that,  2.  "tug" ;  1.  as- 
sistant, 2.  abundant. 

Ar  signifies  :  1.  of  belonging,  relating,  or  pertaining  to,  2,  hav- 
ing ;  1.  circular,  2.  angular. 

Ary  signifies  :  1.  one  who,  or  the  person  that,  2.  of  belonging, 
relating,  or  pertaining  to,  3,  the  place  where,  4.  the  thing  that ; 

1.  adversary,  2.  epistolary,  3.  library,  4.  boundary. 

Ate  signifies:  1.  one  who  or  the  person  that,  2.  having,  being, 
3.  to  make,  to  give,  to  put,  or  to  take ;  1.  legate,  2.  corporate, 
adequate,  3.  assimilate,  animate. 

Ent  signifies  :  1.  one  who,  or  the  person  that,  2.  being,  or 
"ing";  1.  student,  2,  equivalent,  pendent. 

Ic,  or  ical,  signifies  of  belonging,  relating,  or  pertaining  to ; 
heroic,  poetical. 

Ice  signifies  :    1.  the  thing  that,  2,  the  attribute  of;  1.  notice, 

2.  justice. 

Ics  signifies  :  1.  the  doctrine  or  science  of,  2.  art  of;  1.  ethics, 
2.  pyrotechnics. 


154  SWINTON'S    WORD-BOOK. 

Iltf  signifies  :  1.  belonging,  relating,  or  pertaining  to,  2.  may  or 
can  be,  3.  apt  to;  1.  hostile,  2.  ductile,  3.  docile,  agile. 

Ine  signifies  of,  belonging,  relating,  or  pertaining  to  ;  marine. 

Ion  signifies  :  1.  the  act  of,  2.  being,  or  state  of  being,  3. 
"ing";   1.  probation,  2.  corruption,  3.  friction. 

Ise,  or  ize,  signifies:  1.  to  make,  2.  to  give ;  1.  fertilize,  2. 
characterize. 

Ism  signifies  :  1.  being,  or  state  of  being,  2.  an  idiom,  3.  doc- 
trine of;  1.  barbarism,  2.  Anglicism,  3.  Moruionism. 

1st  signifies  one  who,  or  the  person  that  ;  novelist. 

Ite  signifies  one  who,  or  the  person  that;  having,  "ing,"  as 
Hussite,  definite. 

Ity,  or  ty,  signifies  being,  or  state  of  being  ;  ability. 

Ive  signifies:  1.  one  who,  2.  having  power ',  3.  "ing";  1.  cap- 
tive, 2.  corrective,  3.  progressive. 

Let  signifies  little  or  small  ;  rivulet. 

Ment  signifies  :  1.  being,  or  state  of  being,  2.  act  of,  3.  the  thing 
that ;  1.  abasement,  2.  payment,  3.  inducement. 

Mony  signifies  :  1.  being,  or  state  of  being,  2.  thing  that ;  1.  ac- 
rimony, 2.  testimony. 

Or  signifies  :  1.  one  who,  2.  the  act  of,  "ing,"  3.  that  which 
causes;  1.  auditor,  2.  favor,  3.  motor. 

Ory  signifies  :  1.  the  place  where,  2.  thing  that,  3.  of,  belong- 
ing, relating,  ox  pertaining  to,  "ing";  1.  armory,  2.  memory, 
3.  consolatory,  transitory. 

Ose  signifies  full  of;  jocose. 

Ous  signifies  :  1.  full  of,  2.  consisting  of,  3.  belonging  to,  4 
given  to,  5.  "ing";   1.  populous,  2.  aqueous,  3.  cutaneous,  4.  con- 
tentious, 5.  timorous. 

Tude,  or  ude,  signifies  being,  or  state  of  being;  altitude, 
quietude. 

Ule  signifies  little,  or  small ;  globule. 

"Ore  signifies  :  1.  the  thing,  2.  being,  or  state  of  being,  3.  act 
of;  1.  picture,  2.  rapture,  3.  departure. 


Spelling  and  Word 

Study 


Baldwin  Speller  (Shear  and  Lynch)    . 
Baldwin's  Spelling  by  Grades 
Buckwalter's  Primary  Speller 

Comprehensive  Speller    .... 
Harrington's  Spelling  Book.   Complete 

Part  I. — Separate 

Part  II. — Separate 

Hunt's  Primary  Word  Lessons 
McGuffey's  Revised   Eclectic  Spelling 

Book     .      .  ... 

Modern  Spelling  Book  (Hunt  and  Gour- 

ley).       Vertical    and    Slant    Script 

Editions.     Each 
Natural  Speller  and  Word  Book 
Osborn  and  King's  Seventy  Lessons  in 

Spelling.     Revised 
Patterson's  American  Word  Book 
Rice's  Rational  Spelling  Book: 

Part  I.     Boards    .... 
The  same.     Cloth 

Part  II.     Boards 
The  same.     Cloth 
Sheldon's  Word  Studies. 

Slant  Script  Editions. 
Swinton's  Word  Primer 
Swinton's    Word     Book 

Spelling      .... 


Vertical  and 
Each 


of     English 


20  cents 
20  cents 
15  cents 
20  cents 
20  cents 
15  cents 
15  cents 
15  cents 

17  cents 


20  cents 
20  cents 

20  cents 
25  cents 

15  cents 

17  cents 
20  cents 
22  cents 

25  cents 
15  cents 

18  cents 


AMERICAN    BOOK   COMPANY 

rs.  32] 


Baldwin's   School  Readers 

By  JAMES  BALDWIN 

IN  method  and  in  subject-matter,  as  well  as  in 
artistic  and  mechanical  execution,  these  new 
readers  establish  an  ideal  standard.  They  are 
equally  well  adapted  for  city  or  country  schools. 
The  illustrations  are  an  important  feature  of  the 
books,  and  are  the  work  of  the  best  artists.  They 
are  not  merely  pictures  inserted  for  the  purpose  of 
ornament,  but  assist  in  making  the  reading  exer- 
cises both  interesting  and  instructive. 

Baldwin's  School  Readers 

EIGHT  BOOK   EDITION 


First  Year,        128  pp. 

25  cents 

Second  Year,     160  pp. 

35  cents 

Third  Year,      208  pp. 

40  cents 

Fourth  Year,   208  pp. 

40  cents 

Fifth  Year,       208  pp. 

40  cents 

Sixth  Year,       240  pp. 

45  cents 

Seventh  Year,  240  pp. 

45  cents 

Eighth  Year,    240  pp. 

45  cents 

For  the  convenience  of  ungraded  schools,  and  for  all  who 
may  prefer  them  in  such  combined  form,  an  edition  corre- 
sponding to  the  ordinary  five  book  series  of  school  readers  is 
published. 

Baldwin's  School  Headers 

FIVE  BOOK  EDITION 


First  Year,        128  pp. 

25  cents 

Second  Year,     160  pp 

25  cents 

Third  Year,      208  pp 

40  cents 

Combined  Fourth  and  Fifth  Years.   416  pp.    . 

60  cents 

Combined  Sixth  and  Seventh  Years.  480  pp.  . 

65  cents 

American  Book  Company,  Publishers 

(S.i) 


YB  36586' 


C2S060 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


